CN103481666B - Cartridge and printing material supply system - Google Patents

Cartridge and printing material supply system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN103481666B
CN103481666B CN201310331964.XA CN201310331964A CN103481666B CN 103481666 B CN103481666 B CN 103481666B CN 201310331964 A CN201310331964 A CN 201310331964A CN 103481666 B CN103481666 B CN 103481666B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
box
terminal
bar
restricted part
plane
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CN201310331964.XA
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN103481666A (en
Inventor
儿玉秀俊
野泽泉
水谷忠弘
松崎一俊
原田和政
中田聪
河田秀峰
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Seiko Epson Corp
Original Assignee
Seiko Epson Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2012/001395 external-priority patent/WO2013105142A1/en
Priority claimed from US13/410,478 external-priority patent/US8297739B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2012189836A external-priority patent/JP2013163364A/en
Application filed by Seiko Epson Corp filed Critical Seiko Epson Corp
Publication of CN103481666A publication Critical patent/CN103481666A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN103481666B publication Critical patent/CN103481666B/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0822Arrangements for preparing, mixing, supplying or dispensing developer
    • G03G15/0865Arrangements for supplying new developer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17506Refilling of the cartridge
    • B41J2/17509Whilst mounted in the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/1752Mounting within the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • B41J2/1753Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17543Cartridge presence detection or type identification
    • B41J2/17546Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17553Outer structure
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2221/00Processes not provided for by group G03G2215/00, e.g. cleaning or residual charge elimination
    • G03G2221/16Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements and complete machine concepts
    • G03G2221/1678Frame structures
    • G03G2221/1684Frame structures using extractable subframes, e.g. on rails or hinges

Abstract

The present invention relates to a cartridge and printing material supply system. The cartridge (20) comprises an ink supply structure (280), a terminal bearing structure (408), and a first restriction portion (210). The terminal bearing structure (408) has terminals (400) arranged in a terminal plane which is neither parallel nor perpendicular to a plane defined by a mounting direction leading edge of the ink supply structure (280), so that the contact portions of the terminals (400) receive a force in a direction opposite (RD) from the mounting direction. An engagement portion of the first restriction portion (210) is provided at a position adjacent to the terminal bearing structure (408).

Description

Box and printing material supply system
The application is the divisional application based on the applying date is on December 26th, 2012, application number is 201280003040.0, denomination of invention is the application for a patent for invention of " box and printing material supply system ".
the cross reference of related application
This application requires the priority of following patent application, by reference they are all combined in here: the Japanese patent application No.2012-003694 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003698 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003653 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-003652 that on January 12nd, 2012 submits, the Japanese patent application No.2012-189836 that on August 30th, 2012 submits, the U.S. Patent application No.13/410461 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits, the U.S. Patent application No.13/410478 that on March 2nd, 2012 submits, the PCT patent application No.PCT/JP2012/001395 that the U.S. Patent application No.13/410528 and 2012 submitted on March 2nd, 2012 submits 1, on March.
Technical field
The present invention relates to the combination of box, box and printing equipment (or its part) and/or comprise the printing material supply system of box and printing equipment.
Background technology
Propose various mechanism box be installed to printing equipment or unload from it.The example of these mechanisms is open in following file: U.S. Patent Publication No.2005/0151811 (it corresponds to JP-A-2007-230249), U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 (it corresponds to JP-A-2005-022345), U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 (it corresponds to JP-A-2002-019142), United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422, United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 and U.S. Patent No. 7,018,030.
Summary of the invention
Technical problem
U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 discloses the box with deadlock lever 3 and electric contact terminal liner 102.Bar 3 comprises the anchor portion 6 for engaging with printing machine.This anchor portion 6 is arranged as away from contact pad designed 102.Because anchor portion 6 is away from box terminal, so only the accurate of the location of terminal can be printed for box terminal relative to each with the joint of printing machine provide limited contribution with stablizing.
In addition, the bar 3 in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 needs long enough, can, by the close position of user, user can be operated on it to arrive.This bar 3 also distally stretches out away from the sidewall of box.This large bar causes larger box, larger box also cause box to be installed on it and the printing machine size pulled down from it larger, and cause the packaging volume for transporting and sell box large, this then add the cost of transport and parts.
Equally, box structure anchor portion 6 being connected to box side terminal comprises the flexible portion of bar 3.Although anchor portion 6 can engage securely with printing machine, the vibration produced during printing operation can be delivered to box terminal by the flexible portion of bar 3, and therefore may affect the location of box terminal relative to printing terminal.Worry this point especially for balladeur train above formula print cartridge (such as those print cartridges disclosed in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811), because they are installed on the balladeur train of printing machine, and print head is installed on this balladeur train.In balladeur train above formula printing machine, balladeur train during printing operation by particles on printed medium.Except other vibrations produced during printing, the print cartridge in balladeur train also stands great acceleration when each change scanning direction.
Bar in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 and box form, and can elastic deformation.Utilize this structure, the material for the manufacture of box is limited to such material: it thisly there is sufficient mouldability for manufacture, and also has and can be out of shape required sufficient flexibility and durability for bar during engaging with printing machine and unloading.
Bar can in plastic deformation under user operation.This plastic deformation of bar may cause the position mispairing between box side terminal and printing machine side terminal, and this may cause the electrical connectivity of difference.Plastic deformation also reduces the durability of bar.Equally, need to take during the encapsulation of box special measure (as in U.S. Patent No. 7,018, disclosed in 030 those) carry out (particularly when box the is packaged into Vacuum Package) creep while box is packed of anti-stopping bar.
U.S. Patent No. 6,276,780 disclose a kind of box without any memory or electric terminal.Because such box does not need to be electrically connected with printing machine, required do not need to comprise keeping box terminal and printing machine terminal stable position and the structure of aiming at or structure.
In addition, box is by arranging that blocking mechanism 132 (in U.S. Patent No. 6, Fig. 9 of 276,780 discloses in 16) is on the printer installed to printing machine.The locking inclined-plane, box side 220 engaged with blocking mechanism 132 along box by the direction that removes from the printing machine pivotal axis away from blocking mechanism 132.Therefore, when elastic component 156 or compression stress seal 152 along box by the direction that removes from printing machine (by U.S. Patent No. 6,276, arrow X in Figure 12 of 780 represents) to box apply power time, this power can be easily converted to removes retaining part 134 and the power of the joint on box locking inclined-plane 220, and box may be separated with printing machine between the printing machine operating period.Because in U.S. Patent No. 6,276, joint construction disclosed in 780 has the potential risk that box is separated from printing machine, so it is not suitable for for constructing disclosed in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811, to need between box terminal with printing machine terminal suitable contacts for this structure.In addition, power along being laterally applied to box from the terminal of printing machine, makes box may along transverse shifting by the box in the structure in U.S. open file No.2005/0151811 and the contact between printing machine terminal.U.S. Patent No. 6,276, the blocking mechanism 132 of 780 is not suitable for the box of U.S. open file No.2005/0151811, at least due to following reason: it can not mate with the transverse shifting of box, and blocking mechanism 132 is departed from from box.
United States Patent (USP) 6,074,042 discloses the print cartridge with electric contact 54.As shown in its accompanying drawing 12A to Figure 13 B, electric contact 54 is in the leading edge place be installed to by box on the direction of printing machine.Utilize this structure, when box is installed in printing machine, the electric contact of box 54 electric contact 104 biased with the spring of printing machine smooth against.May be sandwiched between the conducting metal of box and printing machine electric contact at the metal oxide of the outer surface of metal electrical contacts 54, oil or other non-conducting material, the electric connection between box and printing machine may be affected.
United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 such as disclose the box 1 with storage device 7 in its Fig. 2 a to Fig. 2 d, and this storage device has electrode 7a.It is substantially parallel that electrode 7a is arranged as the direction of inserting printing machine with box.By this structure, printer electrodes 106 is along surface sliding one long distance of circuit board (it defining electrode 7a).The surface of circuit board is covered by electric insulation resin material usually.When printer electrodes 106 swipes printed circuit board (PCB), they may damage this insulant, and the fragment of insulant is peeled off from printed circuit board (PCB).This insulant fragment may be stuck between printer electrodes 106 and box electrode 7a, and becomes the reason of the electric connection poor or in other cases unreliablely caused between printing machine and box.
As United States Patent (USP) 6, shown in Fig. 5 to Fig. 6 B of 955,422, printing machine has sheet spring 103, it applies when box is installed in printing machine to press exerting pressure of the surface of storage device 7 against printer electrodes 106, and is moved up by box 1 when box pulls out from printing machine.
U.S. Patent No. 7,008,053 discloses setting elastic component 40 on the printer in Figure 5.When box is fully attached in printing machine, the lower end 40a of elastic component 40 ledge 12 its on located the top place of electrode 14 against flat surfaces 12a.Between lower end 40b and flat surfaces 12a against limiting moving up of ledge 12.But U.S. Patent No. 7,008, the structure of 053 does not comprise locates, for limiting the device that ledge 12 moves down near ledge 12.Therefore, ledge 12 is very freely vertical vibrating during printing machine operation, and therefore electrode with the mispairing of printing machine terminal or may disconnect.
When there is the various mechanism for installing and unloading, need the overall size reducing printing machine, to obtain better usability and the convenience of installation.In order to reduce the size of printing machine, be usually necessary to reduce to form a large amount of assembly of printing machine and the size of related elements.These assemblies and related elements comprise the box that is installed to printing machine and the box mounting structure for mounting box.
In order to improve the use of printing machine, the information (such as, about the information of the surplus of printing material) about the printing material be contained in box is displayed on the monitor of printing machine usually.The box being installed to this printing machine has circuit board usually, and this circuit board has the memory for storing the information about printing material.Circuit board has for information being sent to printing machine or the terminal (box side terminal) from its reception information.Information about printing material is transmitted by the contact of the terminal (equipment side terminal) on these box side terminals and printing machine between memory and the controller of printing machine.Therefore be necessary that the stable electrical between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
As described above, also there is not the known mechanisms meeting these requirements in complete acceptable mode.
This problem is not limited to the box held for the ink printed, usually can also at any printing equipment and/or the box being constructed to various other printing materials (such as, ink powder) providing or discharge such as ink.
Therefore, need to guarantee that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.Also need to obtain box, printing machine that size reduces and comprise the printing machine material supply system of the box being installed to printing machine.
The solution of problem
In order to more suitably realize foregoing teachings at least partially, the invention provides following various aspects and embodiment.
First aspect:
Be releasably attached to a box for printing equipment, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, and it is constructed to has: (i) equipment side diapire component; (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it can be positioned at the front portion of box mounting structure and be set to crossing with equipment side diapire component; And (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to crossing with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member.Equipment can also comprise printing material supply pipe, and it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to by the printing material supply that is contained in box to the end.Equipment can also comprise multiple equipment side terminal, and it is arranged on office, equipment side bight, crossing with first (front portion) equipment side side wall member at this place's equipment side diapire component.Equipment can also comprise bar, and it is rotatably arranged in first (front portion) equipment side side wall member, to be used to box be installed to printing equipment or unload from it.Here, Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, and X-axis represents along it arranges that printing material supply pipe is with equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both X-axis with Z axis.+ Z-direction represents the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis, and it can be upward direction.-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary.+ X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal, and it can be forward direction.-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary.+ Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to one end, and it can be lateral, and-Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to the other end.Equipment can also be constructed under box is installed to the installment state of box mounting structure, and equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along comprising+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box.Bar can have at the control member of+Z-direction end place (it can be top) and at-first equipment side the limiting element of Z-direction end place (it can be bottom), to carry out locking to box and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus.Bar can be constructed to rotate around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element as rotating shaft.Here, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis correspond to the X-axis of box, Y-axis and Z axis relative to the box be under installment state.Box can comprise: be positioned at-Z-direction side on first surface and be positioned at+Z-direction side on second, these two faces are in the Z-axis direction toward each other; Be positioned at+X-direction side on the 3rd and be positioned at-X-direction side on fourth face, these two faces are in the X-axis direction toward each other and intersect with first surface and second; Angle part, it is arranged as and is connected with the 3rd by first surface; Chamfered surface, its be set to be formed angle part a part and to comprising+specific direction of X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition tilts.Printing material Supply Structure can be set up on the first face, to be connected with printing material supply pipe.Multiple box side terminal can be set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and be positioned on chamfered surface, with from equipment side terminal reception along comprising+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition.Due to the inclined-plane at contact area, power also can have-X-direction composition.Box can also comprise the first box side restricted part, and it is constructed to by the first equipment side limiting element locking and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus.
More than construct the one or both in two features that can have in following two embodiments.In one embodiment, supplementary features are specific location close to the 3rd cross section intersected with chamfered surface that the first box side restricted part is arranged on the 3rd.In another embodiment, box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises and is positioned at+Y direction end first outside; And second terminal, it comprises and is positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside in the Y-axis direction, and within this scope.
Box according to a first aspect of the invention has the first box side restricted part engaged with the bar of printing equipment.Because bar does not manufacture integratedly with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, the material of box can be considered flexible and life requirement less and select under the state more paying close attention to other characteristics (such as to the durability of ink).Therefore, different plastics, thermoplastic and resin can be used to manufacture different assembly.
Equally, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.
Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.
Because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installment state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.In the box of first aspect, because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of Consumer's Experience and use.
In the box of the first embodiment according to first aspect, the first box side limiting element can be arranged on the rotating shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.Even if applying along comprising from equipment side terminal+power of Z-direction composition is when carrying out constrained box moving in+Z-direction, bar is used for the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, thus ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected, and reduces poor successional possibility.When being applied to mounted box along the power of-X-direction from equipment side terminal, the first equipment side restricted part can along with the movement of box in-X-direction and the rotating shaft around bar move.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first box side restricted part separates from the first equipment side restricted part.
According in the box of first aspect, the first box side restricted part is arranged on the specific location close to cross section on the 3rd.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure by the position close to the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.This reduce the possibility of box side terminal relative to the mispairing of equipment side terminal position, and reduce the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.When box comes off, the first box side restricted part prevents box side terminal from directly clashing into such as floor surface, and contributes to thus protecting box side terminal to make it not be damaged.Especially, when box side terminal is installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this protects fragile memory cell makes it not be damaged, and strengthens shockproof effect.The position first box side restricted part be arranged on close to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in position closer to first surface.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
Second aspect:
According to the box of first aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is arranged on the specific location of the cross section intersected with chamfered surface close to the 3rd.
According in the box of second aspect, the first box side restricted part is arranged on the specific location close to cross part.Therefore box can be fixed to box mounting structure by the position close to the contact site between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.First box side restricted part prevents box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of equipment side terminal.Therefore, the first box side restricted part reduces the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.When box comes off, the first box side restricted part reduces the possibility that box side terminal directly clashes into such as floor surface, and contributes to thus protecting box side terminal to make it not be damaged.Especially, when box side terminal is installed on the circuit board with memory cell, this protects fragile memory cell makes it not be damaged, and strengthens shockproof effect.When the first box side restricted part is formed as jut, shockproof effect is further strengthened.The position first box side restricted part be arranged on close to cross section makes the bar of box mounting structure can be positioned in position closer to first surface.This makes it possible to reduce box and printing equipment size in the Z-axis direction.
The third aspect:
The box corresponding according to any one of first aspect and/or second aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part be arranged on through the width of box or the central authorities of Y direction length and the position that intersects of the plane parallel with X-axis with Z axis (plane Yc).
When box is installed in printing machine, box from equipment side terminal reception along comprising+power in the direction of Z-direction composition, and the first box side restricted part is exerted pressure by the first equipment side restricted part of this power towards bar.By the first box side restricted part is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc, even if box is moved around X-axis or Z axis by externally applied forces, the part of the first box side restricted part near the position intersected with plane Yc will move hardly.It should be noted that the first box side restricted part be disposed in close to cross part, circuit board edge or both position.By being arranged on extremely near the position of box side terminal by the first box side restricted part of movement hardly, the electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be made to stablize.
Fourth aspect:
Fourth aspect is above-described embodiment, and wherein, box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises and is positioned at+Y direction end first outside; And second terminal, it comprises and is positioned at-Y direction end second outside, wherein, first box side restricted part at least partially in the Y-axis direction between first outside and the second outside, and as above may be embodied as absolute version, or together implement with above-described embodiment of above-mentioned first aspect.
According in the box of fourth aspect, the first box side restricted part at least partially between first outside and the second outside.The first box side restricted part with less motion is positioned at the position of closely box side terminal by this, thus ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal and contact member connects.
5th aspect:
According to the box of fourth aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part is not located at outside the scope between the first outside and the second outside in the Y-axis direction, and within this scope.
Some equipment side terminals can be more outstanding compared to other terminals.In example shown in Figure 31, terminal 731 is more outstanding.When box is installed on printing machine, box side terminal will have from equipment side terminal reception+power of Z-direction composition.As compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, the contact of itself and some equipment side terminals (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) may be improper.By orientating the first box side restricted part as the in the direction of the width complete inner side at terminal, box can sufficiently tilt, with adjust deflecting surfaces towards direction, the electrical connection therefore between box side terminal and equipment side terminal can be more stable.These benefits are also about the structure of above-described embodiment.
6th aspect:
According to the box in first aspect to the 5th aspect described in any one, also comprise the second box side restricted part, it is constructed to by the second equipment side limiting element locking be arranged in the second equipment side side wall member, and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus, and the second box side restricted part is arranged on fourth face.
According to the second box side restricted part that the box of the 6th aspect has on fourth face, with the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction, to carry out the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction from+X-direction end and-X-direction end both sides.This prevents each box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of box mounting structure further and further ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
7th aspect:
According to the box of the 6th aspect, wherein, the second box side restricted part is jut, be inserted into be formed as cave in or through hole the first equipment side limiting element in.
In box according to the 7th, the second box side restricted part is inserted into the second equipment side restricted part and provides rotation pivotal point, so that box is rotated near the second box side restricted part.This contributes to box being installed to box mounting structure and removing from it.
Eighth aspect:
Box according to first aspect to any one in the 7th aspect, wherein, the first box side restricted part be positioned at the rotating shaft of bar-X-direction side on.
At the box according to eighth aspect, in installment state, the first box side restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, with by bar along with remove the rotating shaft gone up in the opposite direction around bar of locking side and rotate.This reduce the first restricted part removes locking possibility from the first equipment side limiting element, and further ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.Even if at box from equipment side terminal reception along the power of-X-direction, during to move along-X-direction, the first equipment side limiting element moves along-X-direction together with the movement of box.This movement reduces the first box side restricted part removes locking possibility from the first equipment side limiting element.
9th aspect:
According to the box of eighth aspect, wherein, first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, the Part I of the first bearing part and the first equipment side limiting element leans, with the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction, and the Part II of the second bearing part and the first equipment side limiting element leans, with the motion of constrained box in+X-direction.
In box according to the 9th, the first box side restricted part has the first bearing part and the second bearing part, and on bar, produces rotating torques because this ensure that, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.That further reduces the first box side restricted part removes locking possibility from the first equipment side limiting element, and more effectively prevent the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
Tenth aspect:
Box according to first aspect to any one in the 9th aspect, also comprise: jut, it is constructed to lean with the control member of bar, and will be installed to the box of box mounting structure from the process that box mounting structure unloads, receive from box mounting structure and comprise+the power of Z-direction composition, and jut be arranged in the 3rd upper first box side restricted part+Z-direction side.
Box according to the tenth aspect also has jut.By using control member and the jut of bar, can easily box be removed from box mounting structure.
11 aspect:
Box according to first aspect to any one in the tenth aspect, wherein, angle part has the step extended from first surface along+Z-direction, step be positioned at chamfered surface-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on, and step has the 3rd box side limiting element contacted with the 3rd equipment side limiting element be arranged on box mounting structure, with constrained box motion in the Y-axis direction.
In box according to the 11, the 3rd box side limiting element is set in the office, bight with box side terminal, the motion in the Y-axis direction of its constrained box.Which has limited the 3rd side motion in the Y-axis direction of box in the installment state of box.
12 aspect:
According to the box of the 11 aspect, wherein, 3rd box side limiting element comprises a pair haunched member, and it is constructed to receive the three equipment side limiting element outstanding from equipment side diapire component along+Z-direction, and a pair haunched member is given prominence to from step along+X-direction.
In box according to the 12, the 3rd side providing the simple structure of a pair haunched member given prominence to from step along+X-direction to limit box the installment state of box moving in the Y-axis direction.
13 aspect:
Box according to any one in the 11 aspect and the 12 aspect, when from first surface along+Z-direction observation box, a part for the 3rd box side limiting element is overlapping with chamfered surface.
In box according to the 13, the 3rd box side limiting element and chamfered surface are positioned as partly overlapping each other.This further restricts the 3rd side of box in the Y-axis direction around the motion of printing material supply pipe.
Fourteenth aspect:
According to the box in first aspect to the 13 aspect described in any one, printing material Supply Structure be set up on the first face compared to close to the 3rd specific location closer to fourth face.
Having according to the box of fourteenth aspect orientates as compared to close to the 3rd ink feed structure closer to fourth face.Orientate as compared to close to the structure of fourth face closer to the 3rd compared to ink feed structure, this configuration reduces printing material and adhere to possibility on box side terminal.This reduce the continuity of the difference between box side terminal and equipment side terminal.
15 aspect:
According to the box in first aspect to fourteenth aspect described in any one, the first box side restricted part is jut.
Provide the first box side restricted part as jut according to the box of fourteenth aspect, it can have little size and simple structure.
16 aspect:
According to the box in first aspect to the 15 aspect described in any one, box side terminal comprises the box side ground terminal with the equipment side ground terminal contact of equipment side terminal, equipment side ground terminal is connected with ground wire, and box side ground terminal is arranged on the width of box or the centre of Y direction length, and be constructed to box being installed in the process of box mounting structure, contacted with equipment side ground terminal before any other box side terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side terminal.
In box according to the 16, the power being first applied to box side terminal from box mounting structure produces the width of box or the basic central authorities of Y direction length.This prevent the power being applied to box side terminal play a role and box is tilted to Y direction, thus ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.Before other box side terminals and corresponding equipment side termination contact, box side ground terminal contacts with corresponding equipment side ground terminal.Even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box, the grounding function of box side ground terminal still advantageously can prevent or reduce the temperature and fault that high voltage causes.
17 aspect:
According to the box of the 16 aspect, wherein, the Z-direction length of box side ground terminal is greater than the Z-direction length of other box side terminal.
The contact between box side ground terminal and equipment side ground terminal is ensure that according to the box of the 17 aspect.
18 aspect:
Be releasably attached to a box for printing equipment, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, and it is constructed to allow install and unload box, printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on the bottom surface of box mounting structure, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to by the printing material supply that is contained in box to the end, multiple equipment side terminal, it is set to contact with box, and bar, it is set to be used to install and unload box, wherein, Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis represents along it arranges that printing material supply pipe is with equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both X-axis with Z axis, wherein, + Z-direction represents the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to one end, and-Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein, be installed to the installment state of box mounting structure at box under, equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along comprising+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box, and bar has control member at+Z-direction end place and the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, to carry out locking to box and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus, bar rotates around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element as rotating shaft, wherein, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis correspond to the X-axis of box relative to the box be under installment state, Y-axis and Z axis.Box comprises: ink feed structure, its be positioned at box-Z-direction end place, to be connected with printing material supply pipe; Circuit board, its be positioned at ink feed structure+X-direction side on and there is to comprising+the surface that tilts of the specific direction of X-direction composition and-Z-direction composition; Multiple box side terminal, it is set to corresponding with each equipment side terminal and is positioned on the surface of circuit board, with from equipment side terminal reception along comprising+power of the specific direction of Z-direction composition; And the first box side restricted part, it is constructed to by the first equipment side limiting element locking and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus, and its be positioned at printing material Supply Structure+X-direction side on.
More than construct the one or both in two features that can have in following two embodiments.In one embodiment, supplementary features are specific location that the first box side restricted part is arranged on close to plate end, plate end be positioned at the surface of circuit board+Z-direction side on.In another embodiment, box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, and it comprises and is positioned at+Y direction end first outside; And second terminal, it comprises and is positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside in the Y-axis direction, and within this scope.
There is according to the box of the 18 aspect the first box side restricted part of being stopped by the lever lock of printing equipment.First box side restricted part be positioned at the rotating shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.This structure does not need to have any engagement member as according to the box of above-mentioned first aspect between the rotating shaft and control member of bar, and has the beneficial effect similar with those boxes according to first aspect.Such as, shorten the distance between bar and box according to the box of the 18 aspect, allow thus reduce printing equipment and comprise box and the whole printing material supply system of printing equipment size in the X-axis direction.
In box according to the 18, the first box side restricted part be arranged on the rotating shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.This makes it possible to as the motion of constrained box according to the box of above-mentioned first aspect in+Z-direction, and has the beneficial effect similar with those boxes according to first aspect and limit.Such as, which ensure that the more stable electrical connection between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduce poor continuity.
According to following examples, in this embodiment: box side terminal comprises: the first terminal, it comprises and is positioned at+Y direction end first outside; And second terminal, it comprises and is positioned at-Y direction end second outside, and wherein, the first box side restricted part is not located at outside the scope between first outside and the second outside in the Y-axis direction, and within this scope.This makes it possible to the direction that meticulous adjustment it is provided with the chamfered surface of box side terminal, with similar according to the box of the first embodiment.Even if when the inclined-plane of the position of each equipment side terminal or the first box side restricted part changes owing to manufacturing mistake, the intense adjustment of this bevel direction ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
According to following examples, the first box side restricted part be arranged on be positioned at+Z-direction side on plate end, in this embodiment: the first box side restricted part is arranged on the specific location close to plate end, plate end be positioned at the surface of circuit board+Z-direction side on.In other words, the first box side restricted part is arranged to as far as possible close to box side terminal.Because the first box side restricted part is stopped by lever lock, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part substantially can not be had position and moved by the external force being applied to box.Position box side terminal being arranged on the movement of minimum position prevents each box side terminal relative to the position mispairing of box mounting structure, and the stable electrical that thus maintaining between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
19 aspect:
A kind of printing material supply system, it comprises: printing equipment, and according to the box in first aspect to the 18 aspect described in any one, printing equipment comprises: box mounting structure, it is constructed to has: (i) equipment side diapire component, (ii) the first equipment side side wall member, it is set to crossing with equipment side diapire component, and (iii) the second equipment side side wall member, it is set to crossing with equipment side diapire component and relative with the first equipment side side wall member, printing material supply pipe, it is constructed to have base terminal and outer peripheral end, and base terminal is arranged on equipment side diapire component, and outer peripheral end will be connected with box and be constructed to by the printing material supply that is contained in box to the end, multiple equipment side terminal, it is arranged on office, equipment side bight, crossing with the first equipment side side wall member at this place's equipment side diapire component, and bar, it is rotatably arranged in the first equipment side side wall member, to be used to box be installed to printing equipment or unload from it, wherein, Z axis represents the axle parallel with the center line C of printing material supply pipe, X-axis represents along it arranges that printing material supply pipe is with equipment side terminal and the axle vertical with Z axis, and Y-axis represents the axle vertical with both X-axis with Z axis, wherein, + Z-direction represents the direction of holding to the periphery from the base terminal of printing material supply pipe along Z axis,-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, + X-direction represents along X-axis from printing material supply pipe to the direction of equipment side terminal,-X-direction represents and+direction that X-direction is contrary, + Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to one end, and-Y direction represents the direction along Y direction to the other end, wherein, be installed to the installment state of box mounting structure at box under, equipment side terminal contacts with box, with by power along comprising+specific direction of Z-direction composition is applied to box, and bar has control member at+Z-direction end place and the first equipment side limiting element at-Z-direction end place, to carry out locking to box and the motion of constrained box in+Z-direction thus, bar rotates around the ad-hoc location between control member and the first equipment side limiting element as rotating shaft.
Comprise according to the box in first aspect to the 18 aspect described in any one according to the printing material supply system of the 19 aspect, to allow the size reducing printing material supply system in both X-direction and Z-direction, and reduce the first equipment side limiting element removes locking possibility from the first box side restricted part.Which ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected, and reduce poor continuity.
As being appreciated by those skilled in the art, embodiments of the invention relate to the combination of print cartridge, print cartridge and printing equipment or a part for printing equipment, wherein, print cartridge is installed to the equipment and system that are suitable for ink being provided to printing equipment, wherein this system comprise printing equipment (or its part) and/or wherein this system do not comprise printing equipment.
In one embodiment of the invention, disclose a kind of print cartridge being suitable for being releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, the ink-jet printing apparatus it being installed print cartridge comprises the bar with bonding part.Printing equipment preferably includes the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component, and it is constructed and arranged to after box is installed on printing equipment, when print cartridge is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component, elastic force is applied to print cartridge.Print cartridge preferably includes: box body, it comprises front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface, anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface toward each other and top or the 3rd surface and bottom or the 4th surface toward each other.Print cartridge comprises the ink chamber for holding ink.Print cartridge also preferably includes electronic installation.Print cartridge also comprises ink feed structure, it is positioned at bottom or the 4th surface of box body, ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, leading edge defines the plane of print cartridge, is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber in this plane place ink feed structure.Print cartridge can also comprise terminal support structure, and it orientates front portion or the first surface of immediately box body as, and terminal support structure has the multiple conductance electric terminals be connected with electronic installation wherein.When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to form component and contact and receive elastic force from it with contacting.Terminal is arranged in terminal plane substantially, and terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane limited by leading edge not perpendicular yet.Print cartridge preferably includes the first restricted part, and it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, and to limit the motion of print cartridge on the direction contrary with installation direction, the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably located and is positioned at terminal support structure vicinity.
In one embodiment, the angle that terminal plane is spent into about 20 to 50 with the plane limited by leading edge, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Terminal support structure and printing equipment to intersect for suitably mounting box be very important.As discussed here, by angled cooperation, box can accept power upwards and backward.These power contribute to box to be held in place.
In one embodiment, when observing front portion or the first surface of box body under the prone state of ink feed structure, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.
In one embodiment, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to form component in the contact site office of terminal and contact and receive elastic force with contacting.Contact portion is disposed in contact portion plane substantially.In this embodiment, when observing front portion or the first surface of box body under the prone state of ink feed structure, the bonding part that the bonding part of the first restricted part can be positioned at the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.In one embodiment, contact portion plane and the plane Cheng Yue 25 to 40 that limited by leading edge spend between angle.
In one embodiment, box is also included in the second restricted part on the rear portion of print cartridge or second surface.Second restricted part is preferably suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus.In this embodiment, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is greater than the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time, when box is mounted, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, when when the front portion of the prone state observation box body of ink feed structure or first surface, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge.
In a preferred embodiment, the plane limited by leading edge is in bottom or the 4th lower face.In other embodiments, it is concordant with bottom.In other embodiments, it is recessed in bottom or the 4th surface.
In one embodiment, disclose a kind of by the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, ink-jet printing apparatus comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component.Ink supply system preferably includes ink chamber for holding ink and ink feed structure, and it is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus from ink chamber.Ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and leading edge defines plane.Ink feed structure preferably includes electronic installation.Ink supply system can also comprise terminal support structure, it has multiple conductance electric terminal, ink feed structure by ink feed to printing equipment time, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to form member contact in the contact site office of terminal and to receive elastic force from it with contacting.Ink supply system can also comprise the first restricted part, and it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of the bar on printing equipment, to limit terminal support structure and the motion of terminal on the direction contrary with installation direction on it.The bonding part of the first restricted part is preferably orientated as with terminal support structure contiguous.When ink feed structure by ink feed to printing equipment time, terminal can be arranged in terminal plane substantially, and this terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane limited by leading edge not perpendicular yet.Or terminal support structure determines that this plane and/or this plane are limited by the terminal contacted with each structure on printing equipment.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure by ink feed to printing equipment time, the angle that terminal plane is spent into about 20 to 50 with the plane to be limited by leading edge, preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
In an embodiment of system, when ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed to printing equipment time, the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal.
In an embodiment of system, terminal is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure, to form component in the contact site office of terminal and contact and receive elastic force from it with contacting.Contact portion is arranged in contact portion plane substantially.When ink feed structure be arranged in place with by ink feed to printing equipment time, the bonding part of the first restricted part can be positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal.Contact portion can limit with the plane limited by leading edge in exceeding 0 degree and being less than the angle of 90 degree.When ink feed structure by ink feed to printing equipment time, the plane limited by contact portion preferably becomes to exceed 20 degree with the plane limited by leading edge and is less than the angle of 50 degree.
In one embodiment, ink feed structure also comprises main body, and it comprises front portion or first surface, rear portion or second surface, and anterior or first surface and rear portion or second surface are toward each other.Ink supply system can also comprise and the rear portion of main body or second surface restricted part immediately (it is referred to as the second restricted part), and with anterior or first surface terminal support structure immediately.Second restricted part can comprise bonding part, and it is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus.When along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is greater than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, second restricted part can with the rear portion of main body or second surface immediately, terminal support structure and anterior or first surface are immediately, second restricted part is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of the second restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is greater than by the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be less than when ink supply system by ink feed to the distance the pivotal point of bar during printing equipment and the plane limited by leading edge.
In one embodiment, when ink supply system by ink feed to the bonding part of printing equipment, the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane is downward time, the bonding part of the first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of bar.
In one embodiment, ink supply system comprises and terminal support structure main body immediately, and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment time, the bonding part of the first restricted part at least partially generally within the width midway place of main body.
In one embodiment, ink supply system also comprises adapter, wherein, ink feed structure, terminal support structure and the first restricted part) be positioned on adapter, and ink chamber is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.In another embodiment, ink supply system also comprises adapter, and wherein, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and ink feed structure is positioned in ink chamber and ink chamber is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.Or, system also comprises adapter, ink tank, pipeline and minor adaptations outside ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, ink feed structure is positioned on minor adaptations, terminal support structure and the first restricted part are positioned on adapter, and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment time, ink is fed to minor adaptations from outer pot by pipeline.
In one embodiment, system comprises main body, and main body comprises top and bottom, and toward each other, wherein, the plane limited by leading edge flushes substantially with bottom for top and bottom.
The present invention is not limited to the combination of box, print cartridge and above-mentioned printing equipment or printing material supply system, but other different aspects can be had to implement, such as, fluid cartridge, liquid container, printing material housing device, box adapter, circuit board, printing equipment, liquid injection device and comprise the liquid delivery system of liquid injection device and fluid cartridge.The present invention is not limited to above aspect, but can make various changes and modifications for these aspects, and does not exceed scope of the present invention.When stating the combination of print cartridge and printing equipment and/or ink-jet printing apparatus, being to be understood that print cartridge is assembled, installing or be arranged on printing equipment.
When connection with figures is read, the above description of foregoing general content and embodiment will become clearer, and Reference numeral similar in the accompanying drawings represents similar assembly.In order to illustrate the equipment of the application, some embodiment shown in the drawings.But be to be understood that, the application is not limited to illustrated accurate layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment, and illustrated layout, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment can be used alone or arrange with other, structure, feature, embodiment, aspect and equipment are combined.
Accompanying drawing there is no need proportionally to draw, and never limits the scope of the invention, but has been merely clarification single illustrated embodiment of the present invention.In the accompanying drawings:
Accompanying drawing explanation
[Fig. 1] Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system;
[Fig. 2] Fig. 2 shows the stereogram of the keeper with the box be installed on it;
[Fig. 3] Fig. 3 shows the stereogram of the keeper with the box be installed on it;
[Fig. 4] Fig. 4 shows the top view of the keeper with the box be installed on it;
[Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is the sectional view got along the line F4-F4 in Fig. 4;
[Fig. 5 A] Fig. 5 A shows the sectional view of the keeper with the box be installed on it;
It is how to be applied to bar from box that [Fig. 6 A] Fig. 6 A shows power;
It is how to be applied to bar from box that [Fig. 6 B] Fig. 6 B shows power;
[Fig. 7] Fig. 7 shows the stereogram of the structure of box;
[Fig. 8] Fig. 8 is the upward view of box;
[Fig. 9] Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8;
[Fig. 9 A] Fig. 9 A shows when box is for the figure of box during its installation site and bar;
[Figure 10 A] Figure 10 A shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
[Figure 10 B] Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board;
[Figure 11] Figure 11 is the rearview of box;
[Figure 12] Figure 12 is the front view of box;
[Figure 13] Figure 13 is the left view of box;
[Figure 14] Figure 14 is the stereogram of the structure of keeper;
[Figure 15] Figure 15 is the stereogram of the structure of keeper;
[Figure 16] Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper;
[Figure 17] Figure 17 is the sectional view obtained along the line F16-F16 of Figure 16;
[Figure 18] Figure 18 is the stereogram of contact mechanism;
[Figure 19] Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar;
[Figure 20] Figure 20 shows the sectional view of the axis body of the bar obtained along the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis;
[Figure 21] Figure 21 is the stereogram of bar;
[Figure 22] Figure 22 is the exploded perspective view of keeper and the stereogram of bar;
[Figure 23] Figure 23 shows the sectional view being installed to the structure of the periphery of the installment state king-rod of keeper at box;
[Figure 24] Figure 24 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
[Figure 25] Figure 25 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
[Figure 26] Figure 26 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
[Figure 27] Figure 27 shows the step that box is installed to keeper;
[Figure 27 A] Figure 27 A is the close up view of the box being installed to keeper;
[Figure 27 B] Figure 27 B is the close up view of the box being installed to keeper;
[Figure 28] Figure 28 shows the block diagram of electronic structure;
[Figure 29] Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board and mounting testing circuit;
[Figure 30] Figure 30 shows the external force being applied to box in installment state;
[Figure 31] Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction on inclined-plane;
[Figure 32 A] Figure 32 A shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 B] Figure 32 B shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 C] Figure 32 C shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 D] Figure 32 D shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 E] Figure 32 E shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 32 F] Figure 32 F shows an example of beneficial effect;
[Figure 33] Figure 33 shows the printing machine according to the second embodiment;
[Figure 34] Figure 34 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of the box according to the 3rd embodiment;
[Figure 35 A] Figure 35 A shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 B] Figure 35 B shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 C] Figure 35 C shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 D] Figure 35 D shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 E] Figure 35 E shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 F] Figure 35 F shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 G] Figure 35 G shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 H] Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments;
[Figure 35 I] Figure 35 I shows the concept map of the box with lengthwise terminal;
[Figure 35 J] Figure 35 J shows the concept map of the box with the contact mechanism being arranged in circuit board outside;
[Figure 36] Figure 36 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box of the adapter had according to an embodiment;
[Figure 37] Figure 37 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box of the adapter had according to another embodiment;
[Figure 37 B] Figure 37 B shows the stereogram of the box comprising adapter and container assemblies;
[Figure 38] Figure 38 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box of the adapter had according to another embodiment;
[Figure 39 A] Figure 39 A shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
[Figure 39 B] Figure 39 B shows the structure of the bar according to a modification;
[Figure 40] Figure 40 shows according to the installation to keeper of the box of a modification;
[Figure 41 A] Figure 41 A shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 41 B] Figure 41 B shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 41 C] Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape;
[Figure 42 A] Figure 42 A shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
[Figure 42 B] Figure 42 B shows the wiping amount of plate terminal;
[Figure 43 A] Figure 43 A shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and the relation of plate inclination angle phi;
[Figure 43 B] Figure 43 B shows the upward force of equipment side ground terminal;
[Figure 44] Figure 44 shows the figure of the wiping amount of plate terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi; And
[Figure 45] Figure 45 shows the figure of the upward force of equipment side ground terminal and another relation of plate inclination angle phi.
Specific embodiment
In order to clarify structure of the present invention and operation further, hereinafter describe some embodiments of the present invention with reference to width figure.
A. the first embodiment
A-1. the ordinary construction of printing material supply system
Fig. 1 shows the stereogram of the structure of printing material supply system 10.XYZ axle perpendicular to one another is shown in Figure 1.XYZ axle in Fig. 1 corresponds to the XYZ axle in other accompanying drawings.In accompanying drawing subsequently, XYZ axle is shown when needs.Printing material supply system 10 comprises box 20 and the printing machine 50 as printing equipment.In printing material supply system 10, box 20 is installed to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 removedly by user.
Each box 20 in printing material supply system 10 holds the ink as printing material.The ink being used as printing material be contained in box 20 is supplied to 540 by ink feed structure and printing material supply pipe (hereinafter describing).According to this structure, multiple box 20 is removably attachable to the keeper 60 of printing machine 50.More specifically, six boxes 20 holding six kinds of different colours inks (that is, black, yellow, carmetta, shallow carmetta, cyan, light cyan) are respectively installed to keeper 60.Those skilled in the art can understand, although description here refer to ink, but can expect that any material for printing can be used by the mode more specifically described referring below to disclosed box, its combination and/or supply system, and the present invention should not limit thus.
According to other embodiments, the number being installed to the box of keeper 60 is not limited to six, and can greater or less than six.According to other embodiments, the number of different colours ink is not limited to six colors, but can greater or less than six colors.According to other embodiments, the two or more box 20 being installed to keeper 60 can hold a kind of same color ink.The concrete structure of box 20 and keeper 60 will describe hereinafter.
The printing machine 50 of the printing material supply system 10 shown in Fig. 1 is the compact ink-jet printers used for individual.Except keeper 60, printing machine 50 also has controller 510 and comprises the balladeur train 520 of retainer 60.Balladeur train 520 also comprises 540.Ink is provided to the end 540 from the box 20 being installed to keeper 60 by printing material supply pipe (hereinafter describing) by printing machine 50, and from the beginning 540 ink is discharged to printed medium 90 (such as printing paper or label), to print various data on printed medium 90, such as character row, accompanying drawing and picture.Although specifically describe about ink-jet printer, it will be understood to those of skill in the art that G mono-of the present invention asks as follows be applied to other printing type and printing material supply systems with more specifically describing, and the present invention should not limit thus.
The controller 510 of printing machine 50 is used for the operation of the various piece controlling printing machine 50.The balladeur train 520 of printing machine 50 is constructed to make 540 reciprocally to scan across printed medium 90.540 of printing machine 50 has inkjet mechanism, and it is constructed to ink to be ejected into printed medium 90 from the box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Controller 510 and balladeur train 520 are electrically connected by via flexible cable 517.The control signal operation of the inkjet mechanism origin self-controller 510 of 540.
According to the present embodiment, balladeur train 520 has 540 and a keeper 60.The printing machine 50 that such box 20 is installed to for the keeper 60 on the balladeur train 520 of slip-on head 540 is called " frame above formula " printing machine.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be arranged on the diverse location place of balladeur train 520, and ink can be provided to 540 of balladeur train 520 by from each box 20 being installed to keeper 60 by flexible pipe.Such printing machine is called " from posture " printing machine.
According to the present embodiment, printing machine 50 has main scanning feed mechanism and second scanning feed mechanism, and it by balladeur train 520 and printed medium 90 relative movement, and performs printing on printed medium 90.The main scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 comprises carriage motor 522 and rotating band 524, and via rotating band 524 by the power transmission of carriage motor 522 to balladeur train 520, balladeur train 520 is moved back and forth on main scanning direction.The second scanning feed mechanism of printing machine 50 comprises feeding motor 532 and platen 534, and by the power transmission of feeding motor 532 to platen 534, to transport printed medium 90 on the sub scanning direction vertical with main scanning direction.The carriage motor 522 of main scanning feed mechanism and the feeding motor 532 of second scanning feed mechanism carry out action based on the control signal carrying out self-controller 510.
According to the present embodiment, when printing material supply system 10 is under normally used state, X-axis represents the axle along sub scanning direction (fore-and-aft direction), and printed medium 90 is by along sub scanning direction feeding.Y-axis represents that axle along main scanning direction (when from the left and right directions during observing system 10 of front or side direction) is as Y-axis, and balladeur train 520 moves back and forth along main scanning direction.Z axis represents the axle along gravity direction (vertical direction).The using state of printing material supply system 10 refers to the state of the printing material supply system 10 on the face of the level of being arranged on.In the present embodiment, the face of level is the face parallel with Y-axis with X-axis, that is, XY face.
According to the present embodiment, + X-direction represents sub scanning direction (forward direction),-X-direction represents its rightabout (backward directions), + Z-direction represents the direction (upward direction) along the direction contrary with gravity direction from the bottom of printing material supply system 10 to top, and-Z-direction represents and+direction that Z-direction is contrary, that is, gravity direction (in downward direction).In the present embodiment, the front that+X-direction side (front side) is printing material supply system 10.According to the present embodiment ,+Y direction represents the direction (left direction) from the right flank of printing material supply system 10 towards left surface, and-Y direction represents its rightabout (right direction).In the present embodiment, the multiple boxes 20 be installed in retainer 60 are arranged by the direction (left and right directions or lateral, it is referred to as " Y direction ") along Y-axis.Similarly, along the direction (fore-and-aft direction) of X-axis be called " X-direction " and " Z " direction of principal axis along the direction (vertical direction) of Z axis.
A-2. box 20 is arranged on the structure of retainer 60
Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 is the stereogram that the retainer 60 with the box 20 be installed on it is shown.Fig. 4 is the top view that the retainer 60 with the box 20 be installed on it is shown.In state shown in Fig. 2 to Fig. 4, a box 20 is properly installed the design and installation position of keeper 60.The state " being suitably installed to design and installation position " and " installation site " represent that box 20 is attached and (or differently to say, settle), make box side terminal be positioned at the position contacted respectively with the corresponding side apparatus side terminal of the contact mechanism being included in printing machine 50 (being described afterwards).
As shown in Figures 2 and 3, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has 5 wall members 601,603,604,605,606.The depression formed by these five wall members is as box room or box mounting structure 602.Box room 602 is divided into multiple groove (installing space) by partition wall 607, receives each box 20.Partition wall 607 as guiding piece box 20 being inserted each groove, but can suitably be omitted.Each groove has printing material supply pipe 640, contact mechanism 70, bar 80, second equipment side limiting element 620 and the jut 636 as the 3rd equipment side limiting element.A side (+Z-direction side, end face) of each groove is open, and box 20 is installed to keeper 60 via the side (open end face) of this opening or removes from it.
Box 20 with box 20 by bar 80 with the second equipment side limiting element 620 locking and the state that ink feed structure (being hereinafter described) is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 is installed to keeper 60.This state is called " box 20 is to the installment state of keeper 60 ", referred to as " installation " state, or is additionally called " arrangement " state.The ink as the printing material be contained in box 20 is made to be provided 540 (Fig. 1) to the end printing material supply pipe 640 and the ink feed anatomical connectivity of box 20.Printing material supply pipe 640 have be positioned at+Z-direction side on outer peripheral end 642 (being also called " link ") and be positioned at-Z-direction side on base terminal 645.Base terminal 645 is arranged on wall member 601, and the ink feed anatomical connectivity of outer peripheral end 642 and box 20.Printing material supply pipe 640 has the central shaft C parallel with Z axis.+ Z-directions from base terminal 645 along central shaft C to the direction of outer peripheral end 642.
As shown in Figure 2, elastomeric element 648 is arranged on ink tubes 640 around, to seal the periphery of the ink feed structure of the box 20 being in installment state, prevents ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure.In installment state, elastomeric element 648 applies to box 20 to comprise+the exerting pressure of the component of Z-direction.
In installation (arrangement) state, the electrical connection between the terminal being arranged on the contact mechanism 70 in each groove of terminal on the circuit board (being described afterwards) of box 20 and keeper 60 allows to transmit various information between box 20 and printing machine 50.
Fig. 5 is the sectional view obtained along the line F4-F4 of Fig. 4.Jut 636 is omitted in the example shown.The printing material supply pipe 640 of printing machine 50 is connected with the ink feed structure 280 of box 20, makes ink be supplied 540 (Fig. 1) to the end by from box 20 via printing material flow path 282.
According to the present embodiment, the porous filter 644 being used for filtering the ink supplied from box 20 is arranged on the outer peripheral end 642 of printing material supply pipe 640.Porous filter 644 can be such as made up of stainless (steel) wire or stainless steel woven fabric.According to another embodiment, porous filter can not be positioned at outer peripheral end 642 place of printing material supply pipe 640.
The contact mechanism 70 of printing machine 50 be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+X-direction side on, and be constructed to can with the termination contact be arranged on the circuit board 40 of box 20.In the installment state of box 20, comprise+Pt that exerts pressure of Z-direction vector components is applied to circuit board 40 by the terminal from contact mechanism 70.In the installment state of box 20, the Ps that exerts pressure along+Z-direction is applied to ink feed structure 280 by from elastomeric element 648.
Bar 80 for mounting and dismounting box 20 has at it+control member 830 of Z-direction end and its-bonding part 810 at Z-direction end place.First equipment side limiting element or bonding part 810 (hereinafter more specifically describing its first equipment side locking face) are constructed to engage with the first box side restricted part 210 at the first 810L place, lock position in installment state.First lock position 810L be arranged on the contact site between the terminal on circuit board 40 and contact mechanism 70+Z-direction side on and+X-direction side on.Bonding part 810 engages with the first box side restricted part 210, with the motion of constrained box 20 in+Z-direction.
Bar 80 is around the position pivotable of axle 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.The rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first lock position 810L+Z-direction side and in+X-direction side.
User uses the control member 830 of bar 80 to be removed from keeper 60 by box 20.In order to remove box 20, user exerts pressure along-X-direction to control member 830.This is exerted pressure and is applied to control member 830 by from+X-direction side towards the power Pr (being called " operating physical force Pr ") of-X-direction side.Bar 80 rotates around axle 800c by this operating physical force Pr, and is removed along+X-direction from the first lock position 810L bonding part 810.This relieves the joint of the first box side restricted part 210 and bonding part 810, and box 20 can be removed by from keeper 60.
Second equipment side limiting element 620 is arranged in side wall member 604, and is constructed to engage with the second box side restricted part 220 at the second 620L place, lock position.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is formed in the through hole in the side wall member 604 of keeper 60.Second lock position 620L be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side.Second equipment side limiting element 620 engages with the second box side restricted part 220 (being also called the second limiting element 220), with the motion of constrained box 20 in+Z-direction.As mentioned above, box 20 along+Z-direction move in installment state by its+X-direction end and its-both X-direction ends limit.
As pivotal point, box 20 is installed to keeper 60 around this pivot point and unloads from keeper 60 second lock position 620L (the second box side restricted part 220 contacts with the second equipment side limiting element 620 in this position).In other words, box 20 rotates along the plane parallel with X-axis with Z axis around the second lock position 620L, carries out installation and removal second box side restricted part 220 and the second equipment side limiting element 620 correspondingly as the rotation pivotal point of the box 20 for installing or unload box 20.Will hereafter specifically describe box 20 to the installation of keeper 60 with unload.
As shown in Figure 5, in installment state, the first lock position 810L is located at-Z-direction side on apart from the position of the second lock position 620L distance Dz.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 by exert pressure Ps and Pt and the possibility departed from from bonding part 810 that are applied to box 20 from keeper 60.Therefore box 20 can be stably retained in the installation site of design.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B shows the power being applied to the bar 80 at the first lock position 810L from box 20.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 A be arranged in the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on state, power F1 is applied to the bar 80 being in the first lock position 810L from box 20.The first lock position 810L of Fig. 6 B be arranged in the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on state, power F2 is applied to the bar 80 being in the first lock position 810L from box 20.Power F1 shown in Fig. 6 A has identical size with the power F2 shown in Fig. 6 B.
Fig. 6 A and Fig. 6 B schematically shows the first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotating shaft 800c (being also called " pivoting centre 800c ") position relationship relative to each other in X-axis and Z axis.Difference between Fig. 6 A and the position relationship of two shown in Fig. 6 B is the difference of the second lock position 620L on Z axis.Fig. 6 A and the arc RT1 shown in Fig. 6 B shows the rotational trajectory of the first lock position 810L around rotating shaft 800c.Fig. 6 A and the arc RT2 shown in Fig. 6 B shows the rotational trajectory of the first lock position 810L around the second lock position 620L.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6, first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side on, therefore power F1 (its tangential direction along arc RT2 is applied to the first 810L place, lock position) have+X-direction vector component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F1 is broken down into the vector components F1r of the vector components F1t along the tangential direction of arc RT1 and the radial direction along arc RT1.
In the example illustrated in fig. 6b, first lock position 810L be positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, therefore power F2 (its tangential direction along arc RT2 is applied to the first 810L place, lock position) have-X-direction vector component and+Z-direction vector component.Therefore power F2 is broken down into the vector components F2r of the vector components F2t along the tangential direction of arc RT1 and the radial direction along arc RT1.
If by more clearly understanding between accompanying drawing 6A and Fig. 6 B, when the size of power F1 equals the size of power F2 (F1=F2), first lock position 810L, the second lock position 620L and rotating shaft 800c position relationship relative to each other cause the vector components " F1t < F2t " for the tangential direction along arc RT1, and for the vector components " F1t > F2t " of the radial direction along arc RT1.Compared to the state shown in Fig. 6 B, state in Fig. 6 A has the larger force vector composition of the rotating shaft 800c from box 20 towards bar 80, and the less force vector composition had along bar 80 will be made around clockwise (that is, from+Y direction observe) rotation direction of rotating shaft 800c.In other words, compared to the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L+Z-direction side on, the first lock position 810L is positioned at the second lock position 620L-Z-direction side more effectively reduces the possibility that the first box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810.In any state, do not have power to apply along+X-direction, to engage in the release of the first 810L place, lock position, therefore this two states provides following advantage: reducing the first box side restricted part 210 will from the possibility of bonding part 810 disengaging.
A-3. the detailed formation of box:
Fig. 7 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20 of an example as box according to an embodiment of the invention.Fig. 8 is the upward view of box 20.Fig. 9 is the sectional view obtained along the line F8-F8 in Fig. 8.Figure 10 A and Figure 10 B shows the concrete structure of circuit board 40.Figure 10 A is the figure from the circuit board 40 watched by the direction shown in the arrow F9 Fig. 9, and Figure 10 B is the figure of the circuit board 40 from the arrow F10 viewing Figure 10 A.According to the present embodiment, X-axis, Y-axis and Z axis represent the axle on the box 20 be in installment state.In installment state+X-direction side box 20 before.Plane Yc shown in Fig. 8 is through the plane of the central authorities of the Y direction length of width or box 20, and with Z axis and X-axis (that is, ZX plane) parallel.Plane CX shown in Fig. 8 be through central shaft C and with Z axis and the parallel plane of X-axis (that is, ZX plane).
As shown in Figure 7, box 20 comprises and holds the ink chamber 200 of ink, housing 22, ink feed structure 280, circuit board 40 and the first box side restricted part 210.Box 20 is installed to keeper 60 by along installation direction SD, and this installation direction is-Z-direction (direction straight down in embodiment).Box 20 specifically towards or attitude box 20 reality insert keeper 60 process in generally do not fix.Be installed in the process of keeper 60 at box 20, box 20 can tilt relative to Z axis.But, state immediately and in installment state before the mounting, ink feed structure 280 receives has the printing material supply pipe 640 of the central shaft C parallel with Z axis, makes specifically limiting towards by printing material supply pipe 640 of box 20, and therefore substantially aims at along Z-direction.For this reason, and because the general direction of box 20 movement when being installed in keeper 60 is along-Z-direction, so-Z-direction can be considered to the installation direction of box 20.Due to same cause ,+Z-direction can be considered to box 20 by what overflow from keeper 60 and remove direction RD (Fig. 9).Because-Z axis and+Z-direction is rightabout, so installation direction SD and remove direction RD and can be considered to rightabout.
Housing 22 (being also called " box body 22 ") defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 comprising box 20.Housing 22 also forms the outer wall surface of box 20 at least partially, and can by synthetic resin, and such as polypropylene (PP), makes.Box 20 is the rectangular prism of the side with congruence or basic rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part shape.A part for housing 22 can be made up of resin molding.
Box 20 has length (X-direction length), width (Y direction length) and height (Z-direction length), and wherein length, height and width reduce according to this order.But the magnitude relationship of the length of box 20, width and height is not limited to this order, but can at random be determined; Such as, highly, length and width can reduce with this order, or height, length and width can be equal to each other.
The housing 22 of box 20 comprises the first wall or bottom 201, second wall or top 202, the 3rd wall or anterior 203, wall or rear portion 204, the 5th wall 205, the 6th wall 206, and connecting wall 209.Connecting wall 209 comprises the 7th wall 207 and the 8th wall 208 (Fig. 9).The first to the eight wall 201-208 defines the inner space of the ink chamber 200 comprising box 20.In the following description, the symbol 201 to 208 being assigned to the first to the eight wall is also used to represent the outer surface (that is, the first to the octahedral 201-208) of the wall of the housing 22 forming box 20.Outer surface (the first to the octahedral) 201-208 of the first to the eight wall is basic plane." basic plane " not only represents perfect flat surfaces, but can comprise have part slightly irregular plane.In other words, " basic plane " but comprise have part the slightly irregular face of housing 22 or the plane of wall that still can be identified as box 20.
First surface 201 (the first wall), the second face 202 (the second wall), the 3rd face 203 (the 3rd wall), fourth face 204 (wall), the 5th face 205 (the 5th wall) and the 6th face 206 (the 6th wall) are also respectively referred to as bottom surface 201 (diapire), end face 202 (roof), front 203 (antetheca), the back side 204 (rear wall), left surface 205 (left wall) and right flank 206 (right wall).The outer surface of wall also can be called front portion 203, rear portion 204, top 202 and bottom 201, or be called the first to the four surface, wherein first surface represents anterior 203, and second surface represents rear portion 204,3rd surface represents top 202, and the 4th surface represents bottom 201.
First surface 201 and the second face 202 are in the Z-axis direction toward each other.First surface 201 is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and the second face 202 be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 are in the X-axis direction toward each other.3rd face 203 is positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204 be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th face 205 and the 6th face 206 are in the Y-axis direction toward each other.5th face 205 is positioned at+Y direction side on, and the 6th face 206 be positioned at-Y direction side on.
According to the present embodiment, be arranged in-Z-direction side on first surface 201 form bottom surface in installment state.First surface 201 is XY planes parallel and vertical with Z axis with Y-axis with X-axis.First surface 201 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be arranged in+Z-direction side on the second face 202 form end face in installment state.Second face 202 is relative with first surface 201 and parallel with first surface 201.Second face 202 is planes (XY plane) parallel and vertical with Z axis with Y-axis with X-axis.Second face 202 is horizontal plane in installment state.
Be arranged in+X-direction side on the 3rd face 203 form side in installment state.3rd face 203 perpendicular to first surface 201 and the second face 202, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel and vertical with X-axis with Z axis with Y-axis.In the limit in the 3rd face 203, the limit 290 being positioned at-Z-direction side is referred to as " the first limit 290 ", and the limit 291 be positioned on+Z-direction side is called " Second Edge 291 ".In explanation here, the statement of " two faces intersect each other or intersect " not only represents the state that two faces are in fact intersected with each other, also represents the state that the elongated surfaces in the state that the elongated surfaces in a face is crossing with another face and two faces intersects each other.
Be arranged in-X-direction side on fourth face 204 installation or arrangement state form side.Fourth face 204 is vertical with the second face 202 with first surface 201.Fourth face 204 is parallel with the 3rd face 203.Fourth face 204 is planes (YZ plane) vertical and parallel with X-axis with Y-axis and Z axis.
Be arranged in+Y direction side on the 5th face 205 and be positioned at-Y direction side on the 6th face 206 form side in installment state.5th face 205 is vertical with first to fourth face 201-204 with the 6th face 206.5th face 205 and the 6th face 206 are planes (XZ plane) parallel and vertical with Y-axis with Z axis with X-axis.6th face 206 is parallel with the 5th face 205.
As shown in Figure 9, first surface 201 is connected with the 3rd face 203 by joint face 209.7th face 207 of joint face 209 is vertical with first surface 201, and is the plane (YZ plane) parallel with Z axis with Y-axis.7th face 207 is aimed at relative to first surface 201 one-tenth vertical angles, and can be called " step ".In other words, the 7th face 207 extends from first surface 201 along+Z-direction.7th face 207 be positioned at octahedral 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side.7th face 207 is connected to the 3rd face 203 by octahedral 208.Octahedral 208 be to comprising+inclined surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208 tilts to first surface 201 and the 3rd face 203.Octahedral 208 is perpendicular to the 5th face 205 and the 6th face 206.In other words, octahedral 208 is to XY plane and YZ planar tilt, and vertical and XZ plane.Octahedral 208 has from octahedral 208 board installation member 208T outwardly.
The relation of the first to the six 201-206 represents that the direction that faces in first surface 201 and the second face 202 is Z-directions, and the direction that faces of the 3rd face 203 and fourth face 204 is X-directions, and the direction that faces in the 5th face 205 and the 6th face 206 is Y directions.
As shown in Figure 7, circuit board 40 is preferably installed on the board installation member 208T of octahedral 208.Similar with octahedral 208, circuit board 40 has to comprising+and the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components tilts or (other saying) terminal support structure 408 in the slope.In the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 comprises the surface of circuit board 40.Terminal support structure 408 tilts to first surface 201 and the 3rd face 203.Terminal support structure 408 is vertical with the 5th face 205 with the 5th face 205.In other words, terminal support structure 408 to XY plane and YZ planar tilt, and with XZ plane orthogonal.Terminal support structure 408 is also called " inclined-plane terminal support structure " or " chamfered surface ".Therefore, in the present embodiment, the surface of circuit board 40 can be considered to " chamfered surface ".Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, and it contacts (Fig. 2) with the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70.The angle tilted, preferably between 0 degree and 90 degree, more preferably between 20 degree and 50 degree, and is most preferably from about 25 degree to 40 degree.
Figure 42 A and Figure 42 B shows the relation of wiping amount relative to the inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 of the terminal on circuit board 40 undertaken by equipment side terminal.The inclination angle phi of circuit board 40 represents the angle between the plane of the plane 110p extended from the installation direction leading edge of ink feed structure 280 and the terminal 400 wherein arranging circuit board 40.The plane limited by terminal 400 was both not orthogonal to plane 1110p, also not perpendicular.Inclination angle phi is generally acute angle (being less than 90 degree).In the present embodiment, parallel with the bottom surface 201 of box 20 from the plane 110p of installation direction leading edge extension.Equally, the plane wherein arranging terminal 400 is arranged to parallel with the plate surface of circuit board 40.Therefore, in the present embodiment, inclination angle phi equals the angle between the bottom surface 201 of box 20 and the plate surface of circuit board 40.In the present embodiment, to be about 0.7mm thick for circuit board 40.Terminal 400 is about 5 micron thickness, and is arranged on circuit board 40.The thickness of terminal 400 is little of negligible degree, and therefore the surface of circuit board 40 flushes substantially (comprising the surface of terminal 400).Therefore, terminal support structure 408 (it comprises the surface of circuit board 40 in the present embodiment) is generally within the terminal hereinafter described (contact portion) plane TP.Even if circuit board 40 does not exist, the unevenness with the thickness equivalence of terminal 400 also only may be there is.Therefore, in order to easy, terminal support structure 408 can with " plane limited by terminal " or " terminal plane " interchangeable use.When mentioning the contact portion cp of terminal 431-439 about terminal support structure 408, term " plane limited by contact portion " or " contact portion plane " also can alternatively use.Installing or settling in the process of box 20, as shown in Figure 24 to Figure 27, advance downwards in the front 203 (first surface) of box 20 under the state of the pivotal rotation slightly of the back side 204 (second surface) around box 20.In this process, circuit board 40 slightly rotates and contacts with the equipment side on terminal base 709 and forms component (equipment side terminal) 731-739 and contact, and each box side terminal 431-439 is contacted by equipment side and forms component 731-739 wiping.The wiping of the terminal carried out on circuit board 40 by corresponding equipment side terminal suitably removes dust in the terminal surfaces that is coated on circuit board 40 or oxide, thus enhances electrical conductivity (electrical connection).
Diagrammatically show of Figure 42 A forms the wiping length (wiping amount) of the terminal of component on circuit board 40 as ordinate by corresponding equipment side contact, and plate inclination angle phi is as abscissa.The basis of following hypothesis calculates: from the second surface 204 (rear surface) of box 20 along the X direction to the distance L0 of the contact portion of the ground terminal 437 contacted with corresponding equipment side ground terminal 737 are 63mm.In general, larger plate inclination angle phi makes plate surface closer to perpendicular, and adds wiping amount.In order to effectively remove dust in the terminal surfaces that is coated on circuit board 40 or oxide, wiping amount is preferably not less than 1mm.According to the diagram of Figure 42 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not less than 25 degree, to guarantee that wiping amount is not less than 1mm.
Figure 43 A shows the relation considering power the F upwards and plate inclination angle phi preventing half situation about inserting of box from being applied by equipment side ground terminal 737.With the compute classes of Figure 42 A seemingly, the calculating of Figure 43 A also gives the distance L0 hypothesis equaling 63mm.The weight of box is assumed to be 30 grams at (comprising the weight of ink).This value is the standard weights of box of the ink-jet printing apparatus used for family.As shown in figure 25, the bonding part 810 of " half of box inserts " indication rod 80 is just positioned at the state of the side of elastic component 682, that is, the state before and then completing joint.This half state inserted also is called " half engages ".In half engagement state, the contact of multiple equipment side to form among component 731-739 the power that only equipment side ground terminal 737 applies upwards to circuit board 40.It should be noted that, in printing equipment shown in Figure 1, keeper 60 does not have lid.When user looses one's grip in half engagement state, box 20 can be maintained at half engagement state.The power upwards that diagrammatically show of Figure 43 A is applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 is with this half result of calculation inserted of keeping box 20.Figure 43 B shows the relation of power F upwards and plate inclination angle phi.
In half engagement state of Figure 26, the power upwards applied by equipment side ground terminal 737 is applied to the power of circuit board 40 (and box 20)+Z-direction vector components (in the present embodiment for straight up vector components) from equipment side ground terminal 737.When the ground terminal 437 of circuit board 40 is exerted pressure to equipment side ground terminal 737, be applied to ground terminal 437 along exerting pressure of the direction vertical with the plate of circuit board 40 surface by the elastic force of equipment side ground terminal 737.The calculating of the power upwards of Figure 43 A carries out along the hypothesis that the direction vertical with plate surface is 0.2N based on the F0 that exerts pressure of equipment side ground terminal 737.Because the power F upwards (=F0 × cos phi) F0 that exerts pressure+Z-direction vector components, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 43 B, as plate inclination angle phi=0, F=F0=0.2N sets up.Along with plate inclination angle phi changes, power F upwards changes according to curve F=F0 × cosphi.The curve of Figure 43 A is curve F=F0 × cos phi.Along with plate inclination angle phi increases (phi is close to 90 degree), plate surface is close to XZ plane and reduction power F upwards.The power FB upwards balanced with the box 20 of the weight of distance L0 and 30 gram with 63mm is about 0.15N (in Figure 43 A thick horizontal position).This represents that the power being upwards not less than 0.15N makes box 20 can be pressed straight up by equipment side ground terminal 737.In order to ensure the power being upwards not less than 0.15N, as known understanding by Figure 43 A, plate inclination angle phi is preferably not more than 40 degree.
When loosing one's grip in half engagement state of user at Figure 26, box 20 can be maintained in half engagement state.But if plate inclination angle phi is set to be not more than 40 degree as shown in Figure 43 A, so when user looses one's grip in half engagement state, so equipment side ground terminal 737 presses the front 203 of box 20 along+Z-direction (upward direction).The bonding part 810 of box from bar 80 is clearly separated by this, and contributes to user and find failed installation.From this point, preferably plate inclination angle phi is set to be not more than 40 degree.
Figure 44 and Figure 45 size shown compared to the box in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A has the feature of larger sized box in X-direction.Although suppose that box has distance L0=63mm in Figure 42 and Figure 43 A, hypothesis box in Figure 44 and Figure 45 has distance L0=88mm.With the compute classes of Figure 43 A seemingly, the calculating of the power upwards of Figure 45 is based on F0=0.2N and the hypothesis that the weight of box (comprising the weight of ink) is 30g.As can very clear understanding by the result of Figure 44, similar with the result of Figure 42 A, be not less than 1mm in order to ensure wiping amount, plate inclination angle phi be preferably not less than 25 degree.Although be 80mm relative to the 63mm in the calculating of Figure 43 A, distance L0 in the calculating of Figure 45, the power upwards balanced with the box 20 of the weight with 30 grams is almost equal with Figure 43 and be about 0.15N (the thick horizontal position in Figure 45).As can very clear understanding by the result of Figure 45, similar with the result of Figure 43 A, in order to prevent half of box to engage, plate inclination angle phi be preferably not more than 40 degree.
By considering the characteristic of Figure 42 to Figure 45 discussed above, preferably plate inclination angle phi being set to be not less than 25 degree and being not more than 40 degree.
Even if exerting pressure of the increase of equipment side ground terminal 737 also can guarantee enough power upwards under larger plate inclination angle phi.In this case, preferably by equipment side ground terminal 737 exert pressure and plate inclination angle phi is set to when user looses one's grip from box 20 in half engagement state, make box 20 upwards to be exerted pressure by exerting pressure of equipment side ground terminal 737 and to be changed to the value of disengaged position from plate bonding state.
7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the outer surface of box 20.More specifically, the 7th face 207 and terminal support structure 408 form a part for the angle part 265 be connected with the 3rd face 203 by first surface 201, and wherein, first surface becomes a part for the outer surface of box 20 with third surface shape.In order to understand better, by thick line, angle part 265 is shown in fig .9.3rd face 203 and angle part 265 are installed in the installment state of keeper 60 relative with the first equipment side side wall member 603 (Figure 14) of keeper 60 at box 20, as described below.Therefore 3rd face 203 and angle part 265 are called " the first opposite outer wall surfaces ".Fourth face 204 is as described below relative with the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) of keeper 60 in installment state.Therefore fourth face 204 is called " the second opposite outer wall surfaces ".
As shown in Figure 10 A, circuit board 40 has boss groove 401 in+Z-direction end and the boss hole 402 at-Z-direction side end place.Circuit board 40 is fixed to the octahedral 208 of box 20 by means of boss groove 401 and boss hole 402.According to the present embodiment, boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 are arranged on the position crossing with the plane Yc of the central authorities of the width (length in Y direction) through box 20.According in another embodiment, at least one in boss groove 401 and boss hole 402 can be saved from circuit board 40, and circuit board 40 can be secured to octahedral 208 by adhesive or the engagement pawl (not diagram) be arranged on octahedral 208.
As shown in figs. 10 a and 10b, circuit board 40 comprises the box side terminal 400 be arranged on terminal support structure 408 and the memory cell 420 be arranged on the back side 409.Terminal support structure 408 and the back side 409 are planes.Be installed in the installment state of box 20 at circuit board 40, on being positioned at of terminal support structure 408+Z-direction side, the part of highest distance position or limit are referred to as plate end 405.
Box side terminal 400 comprises nine terminals 431 to 439.Memory cell 420 stores the information (such as, the surplus of ink and ink color) of the ink about box 20.Box side terminal 400 is electrical conductivity, and can be connected to the electronic installation of the part as box 20.As used herein, electronic installation can indicate transistor, sensor or storage device, or other generation currents that can expect of those skilled in the art or the device by electrical current.
As shown in Figure 10 A, nine box side terminal 431-439 are similar to rectangular shape, and are arranged as two basic vertical with installation direction SD row.Substantially vertical row extends along the width (Y direction) of box 20.The row being positioned at rear relative to installation direction SD in two row is referred to as first end sub-line R1 (descending R1), is referred to as the second rows of terminals R2 (up R2) relative to installation direction SD at the row at front row.First end sub-line R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 has diverse location in the Z-axis direction.More specifically, first end sub-line R1 be positioned at the second rows of terminals R2-Z-direction side on.In terminal 431 to 439, each has contact portion cp in centre all wherein, and it contacts with contact mechanism 70.First end sub-line R1 and the second rows of terminals R2 can be considered to the line formed by multiple contact portion cp.
Terminal 431-439 can by according to their function or apply corresponding following title and call.In order to separate with the terminal region on printing machine 50, word " box side " can by the prefix as each title.Such as, " ground terminal 437 " can be called as " box side ground terminal 437 ".
< first end sub-line R1>
(1) detection terminal 435 (the first terminal) is installed;
(2) power supply terminal 436;
(3) ground terminal 437;
(4) data terminal 438; And
(5) detection terminal 439 (the second terminal) is installed
< second rows of terminals R2>
(6) detection terminal 431 (the 3rd terminal) is installed;
(7) reseting terminal 432;
(8) clock terminal 433; And
(9) detection terminal 434 (the 4th terminal) is installed.
The contact portion cp of the contact portion cp of the terminal 435-439 on first end sub-line R1 and the terminal 431-434 on the second rows of terminals R2 is typically arranged alternately, or more particularly arranges with zigzag.
Four install detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 be used to detect with the relevant device side terminal be arranged in contact mechanism 70 good/intersect electrical contact, printing machine 50 can be detected design and installation position that whether box 20 is properly installed keeper 60.These four terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are together called " installation detection terminal ".According to the present embodiment, four box side terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected to each other in circuit board 40.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, these terminals 431,434,435 and 439 are electrically connected via ground terminal 437 with the earth connection (not shown) on printing machine 50.Use four will be described through hereinafter and detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 be installed to detect the method for installation.
Other five box side terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are the terminals for memory cell 420.These five terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438 are called " memory terminal " thus.
Reseting terminal 432 receives the reset signal RST that will be provided to memory cell 420.Clock terminal 433 receives the clock signal SCK that will be provided to memory cell 420.Power supply terminal 436 receives the supply voltage VDD (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) that will be provided to memory cell 420.Ground terminal 437 receives the ground voltage VSS (0V) that will be provided to memory cell 420.Data terminal 438 receives the data-signal SDA that will be provided to memory cell 420.
As the first terminal 435 installing one of detection terminal comprise be positioned at box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on the first outside 435P.As the second terminal 439 installing one of detection terminal comprise be positioned at box side terminal 400-Y direction side on the second outside 439P.As the 3rd terminal 431 installing one of detection terminal comprise be positioned at the second terminal line R +Y direction side on the 3rd outside 431P.As the 4th terminal 434 installing one of detection terminal comprise be positioned at the second terminal line R-Y direction side on the 4th outside 434P.In this embodiment, the first to the four outside 435P, 439P, 431P, 434P is the basic straight edge of respective terminal and substantially extends along Z-direction, but this should ought not be limited.Such as, edge can be bending, and can extend along not parallel with Z-direction direction, such as to shown in the terminal 431,434 in the example of Figure 41 A and Figure 41 B, and the outside of terminal still can be understood to the outermost portion of edge along Y direction.
Between the contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that center in the Y-axis direction has contact portion cp is arranged on the position intersected with the plane Yc of width (Y direction length) central authorities through box 20.Other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 contact portion cp to be arranged to relative to the cross spider of plane Yc and ground terminal 437 be axial symmetry.Ground terminal 437 is constructed to before other box side terminals 431-436,438 and 439, contact contact mechanism 70 in process box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Therefore, before and after box is fully assembled, is first applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60 and substantially produces in the width of box 20 or the basic center of Y direction length.This prevent and be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and play a role and box 20 is tilted to Y direction, and make box 20 be installed in the installation site of design thus.Ground terminal 437 contacted with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60 before other terminals 431-436,438 and 439, even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also advantageously prevent or reduce by the grounding function of ground terminal 437 problem and fault that high voltage causes.
According to the present embodiment, ground terminal 437 is formed as along Z-direction than his terminal 431-436 of tool, 438 and 439 longer.Which ensure that the contact of the contact mechanism 70 of ground terminal 437 and keeper 60.According to another embodiment, the whole box side terminal 431-439 on circuit board 40 can be formed as same size.
As shown in Figure 9, ink feed structure 280 is given prominence to from first surface 201 along-Z-direction.Ink feed structure 280 is communicated with via printing material flow path 282 with ink chamber 200.Ink feed structure 280 is connected with the printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 5) of printing machine 50, with the ink feed that will be contained in ink chamber 200 540 (Fig. 1) to the end.In other words, ink feed structure 280 opening laterally, outside the ink feed that will be contained in ink chamber 200 to box 20.As seen by Fig. 5 A, ink feed structure 280 does not need to give prominence to from first surface 201.In addition, in one embodiment, it can flush with first surface 201 or substantially flush.In such an embodiment, when box 20 is mounted, printing material supply pipe 640 is raised with immediately first surface.
Ink feed structure 280 be arranged on first surface 201 compared to close to the position of the 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face 204.The distance between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and fourth face 204 is correspondingly greater than along the distance of X-direction between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd face 203.
Ink feed structure 280 has open periphery end.Be called open surface 288 on the surface of this end, opening periphery, or be referred to as installation direction leading edge alternatively, and define horizontal plane in installment state.That is, open surface 288 is the leading edge of box on installation direction SD (XY planes), and defines the XY axial plane parallel with Y-axis with X-axis.
Resin foam 284 open surface 288+Z-direction side on position or be more specifically arranged in ink feed structure 280 in the position contacted with printing material flow path 282.According to this city example, before shipment box 20, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 such as, is sealed by containment member (not shown, cap or film).When box 20 is installed to keeper 60, removed by from box 20 for the containment member (not shown) sealing open surface 288.
According to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is given prominence to along-Z-direction under the state centered by the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640.According to another embodiment, the central authorities of ink feed structure 280 can depart from from the central shaft C of printing material supply pipe 640.According to the present embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 is by observing formed along-Z-direction relative to the housing of the multiple axisymmetrical parallel with Y-axis with X-axis.According to another embodiment, the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280 can be formed by asymmetric housing, and can have the installation direction leading edge defining plane.The open surface 288 observed from Z-direction is the rectangular shape of chamfering according to the present embodiment, but can have any other suitable shape according to other embodiments, such as, and accurate circle, ellipse, oval, square or rectangle.
As shown in Figure 9 A, plane BP is the plane formed by the installation direction leading edge of the open surface 288 of ink feed structure 280.Distance A is the distance between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210.Distance B is the distance between the bonding part of plane BP and the second restricted part 220.Distance C is plane BP and bar 80 distance around the pivotal point of rotating shaft 800c.As seen in figure 9 a, when along the orientation measurement orthogonal with plane BP, the distance B between the bonding part of plane BP and the second box side restricted part 220 is greater than the distance A between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210.When along the orientation measurement orthogonal with plane BP, the distance A between the bonding part 212 of plane BP and the first restricted part 210 is less than plane BP and the bar 80 distance C around the pivotal point of rotating shaft 800c.In addition as shown in Figure 9 A, plane TP is the plane formed by inclined-plane terminal support structure 408, and itself and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 itself is parallel in the present embodiment, and in order to simply, terminal support structure 408 can be used to just plane TP.Plane TP is neither parallel with plane BP not vertical with plane BP yet.Terminal support structure 408 has box side terminal 400, the equipment side termination contact (Fig. 2) of itself and contact mechanism 70.
As shown in Figure 7, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210 be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on.First box side restricted part 210 by bar 80 locking (Fig. 2), with the motion of constrained box 20 in the mounted state.First box side restricted part 210 is constructed to the projection outstanding along+X-direction (outwards) from the 3rd face 203.First box side restricted part 210 is positioned at along Z-direction compared to close to the position of Second Edge 291 closer to the first limit 290.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is orientated as and is closed on the first limit 290.
First box side restricted part 210 comprises the Part I 212 extended along Y direction (width), the Part II 214 extended from Part I 212 along+Z-direction (straight up direction), and the Part III 215 extended from Part I 212 along-Z-direction (straight down direction).As mentioned above ,+Z-direction (straight up direction) is remove direction RD substantially, and be that installation direction SD-Z-direction (straight down direction) is contrary substantially.In installment state, first or bonding part 212 engage with the bonding part 810 of bar 80, with the motion of constrained box 20.Part II 214 is set to the expectation part locking Part I 212 by bar 80 under the state being installed to keeper 60 at box 20.
Part I 212 comprises the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 as the second bearing part as the first bearing part.First box side chain only surface 211 towards+Z-direction.Second box side chain only surface 213 towards+X-direction.Part III 215 contacts with the first limit 290 with Part I 212.
Box 20 also comprises the second box side restricted part 220 be arranged on fourth face 204, is arranged on the jut 260 on the 3rd face 203 and is arranged on the 3rd box side limiting element 250 on the 7th face 207.
Second box side restricted part 220 is constructed to the jut outstanding from fourth face 204 along-X-direction.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3) of the form of the through hole with keeper 60.Box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or from the process that it unloads, is being rotated by box 20 around the second box side restricted part 220 being inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 2) by user.In other words, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is as guiding piece box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unload from it.This contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.In the installment state of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 by the second equipment side limiting element 620 locking, with the motion of constrained box 20 in installment state.Second box side restricted part 220 be positioned at ink feed structure 280 and circuit board 40+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on.
Jut 260 on the 3rd face 203 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on.According to the present embodiment, jut 260 be positioned on the 3rd face 203 comprise Second Edge 291 +Z-direction position (uppermost position) place.
3rd box side limiting element 250 is constructed to from the both sides of the Y direction in the 7th face 207 along+a pair haunched member (limiting wall) that X-direction is outstanding.This pair haunched member 250 receives the jut 636 (Fig. 2) be inserted into wherein, and with jut 636 collaborative work, constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction in the mounted state.
Figure 11 is the rearview of box 20.Concrete reference Figure 11 describes the second box side restricted part 220.Second box side restricted part 220 comprises as the restriction locking surface 222 limiting locking element, chamfered surface 224, first restriction side 226 and the second restriction side 228.
Restriction locking surface 222 is towards+Z-direction and form horizontal plane in installment state.Restriction locking surface 222 contacts with the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3), using as the rotation pivotal point when box 20 is rotated to unload from keeper 60.
Restriction locking surface 222 in installment state by the second equipment side limiting element 620 locking, with the motion of constrained box 20 in installment state in+Z-direction.Restriction locking surface 222 is arranged on and intersects and the position vertical with this plane Yc with the plane Yc at the center of the width (Y direction length) through box 20.As shown in Figure 5, in the installment state of box 20, box 20 receives from keeper 60 and comprises-Ps and Pt that exert pressure of+Z-direction vector components.Exerted pressure towards the second equipment side limiting element 620 by these Ps and pt that exert pressure in restriction locking surface 222.Therefore second equipment side limiting element 620 contacts with the restriction locking surface 222 being parallel to Y direction.This reduce box 20 in installment state around the possibility that X-axis tilts.
Chamfered surface 224 is connected with housing 22, and to comprising+and the direction of Z-direction vector components and-X-direction vector components tilts.This makes restriction locking surface 222 can be directed to the second equipment side limiting element 620 smoothly in process box 20 being installed to keeper 60.
First restriction side 226 formed the second box side restricted part 220-Y direction side.Second restriction side 228 formed the second box side restricted part 220+Y direction side.First restriction side 226 is the planes towards-Y direction, and the second restriction side 228 is the planes towards+Y direction.First restriction side 226 is planes parallel with Z-direction with X-direction respectively with the second restriction side 228.First and second restriction sides 226 and 228 and the second equipment side limiting element 620 are interfered, with constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction in the installment state of box 20.
Figure 12 is the front view of box 20.Hereinafter with reference to Figure 12, the first box side restricted part 210 is more specifically described.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.First box side chain only surface 211 is arranged on and intersects and the position vertical with this plane Yc with plane Yc.
First box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, but when from the 3rd side, face 203 along-X-direction observation box 20, in the scope 40Y in Y direction (width) between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P.According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 comprising the first box side chain only surface 211 is not positioned at outside, but is positioned at scope 40Y.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at the region limited with the second dummy line 439PL comprising the second outside 439P by the dummy line 435PL comprising the first outside 435P.Dummy line 435PL and the second dummy line 439PL is the straight line extended along Z-direction.
Figure 13 is the left side view of box 20.The position relationship of each component of box 20 is described with reference to Figure 13.The cross part that 3rd face 203 and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersect is called " cross part 295 ".For above about the description of term " intersection ", the cross part that 3rd face 203 and inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 intersect not only comprises the cross part of actual face 203 and terminal support structure 408, also comprise the cross part of the elongated surfaces of the another one of one in face 203 and terminal support structure 408 and face 203 and terminal support structure 408, or the cross part of face 203 and the elongated surfaces both terminal support structure 408.Cross part 295 is lines parallel with Y-axis.According to the present embodiment, cross part 295 is positioned at from the 3rd face 203 along the plane that-Z-direction extends.Cross part 295 be correspondingly positioned at the 3rd face 203-Z-direction side on.The mid point along Z-direction length on the 3rd face 203 (or more specifically, the mid point between the cross part of the 3rd face 203 and contact portion plane TP and the cross part in the second face 202 and the 3rd face 203) be called mid point 203P.
First box side restricted part 210 is orientated as close to cross part 295.First box side restricted part 210 also can be considered to orientate adjacent terminal supporting structure 408 as and close to plate end 405.This represents that the first box side restricted part 210 can fully closer to box side terminal 400, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 can be positioned at compared to the cross part close to end face 202 and front 203 closer to the position of contact portion cp.First box side restricted part 210 be preferably arranged on the 3rd face 203 compared to close on the specific part of Second Edge 291 closer to the first limit 290, or more specifically, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to the cross part close to end face 202 and front 203 closer to the position of cross part 295, and it is in from mid point 203P to the scope on the first limit 290.Particularly preferably the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on position that is enough close or immediately the first limit 290.As used herein, " immediately " " close ", " close " or " being in contact with it " can be represented thereon.As mentioned above, the part engaged with equipment side lever of the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at compared to the cross part close to end face 202 and front 203 closer to cross part 295 and/or the position close to contact portion cp.Although in the present embodiment, as mentioned above, the cross part in end face 202 and front 203 is the positions represented by 291 in fig. 13, the position that when but this cross part does not need, two surfaces are actual intersected with each other, but can be the position that a face intersects with the elongated surfaces in another face, or the position that the elongated surfaces in two faces is intersected with each other, as shown in the dotted line in the embodiment of Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D.In the present embodiment, the distance between the cross part of the 3rd face 203 and contact portion plane TP and the cross part in the second face 202 and the 3rd face 203 is about 20mm.The cross part of the 3rd face 203 and contact portion plane TP and the distance of the first box side chain of the first box side restricted part 210 only between surface 211 are about 16mm.
The live part of position of constrained box side terminal 400 of being specifically used for of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box side chain only surfaces 211.Therefore preferably the first box side chain is only located as far as possible close to box side terminal 400 in surface 211.Omit the Part III 215 of the first box side restricted part 210 and and Part I 212 orientated as contact first limit 290 and make the first box side chain only surface 211 can closer to cross part 295 or plate end 405.
Figure 13 also shows the X-direction scope 250X of the 3rd box side the limiting element 250 and X-direction scope 408X of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.As known understanding by accompanying drawing, when from first surface 201 side along+Z-direction observation box 20, a part for the 3rd box side limiting element 250 is overlapping in the X-axis direction with inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.
A-4. the concrete structure of keeper 60:
A-4-1. the general structure of keeper 60
Figure 14 and Figure 15 shows the stereogram of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 16 shows the top view of the structure of keeper 60.Figure 17 is the sectional view obtained along the line F16-F16 of Figure 16.Jut 636 shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16 is omitted by from the diagram of Figure 17.
As mentioned above, the keeper 60 of printing machine 50 has five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606, to form the depression box room 602 of receiving box 20.Five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are together called " room forms wall member 600 ".According to the present embodiment, five wall members 601,603,604,605 and 606 are resin plate components, and are made up of synthetic resin, are more specifically made up of Noryl (m-PPE).
Wall member 601 forms the bottom surface of depression box room 602.Wall member 603,604,605 and 606 forms the side of depression box room 602.Wall member 601, wall member 603, wall member 604, wall member 605 and wall member 606 are respectively referred to as " equipment side diapire component 601 ", " the first equipment side side wall member 603 ", " the second equipment side side wall member 604 ", " the 3rd equipment side side wall member 605 " and " the 4th equipment side side wall member 606 ".
In printing material supply pipe 640 each and to comprise in the contact mechanism 70 of equipment side terminal each and all arrange along X-direction on wall member 601.Printing material supply pipe 640 is positioned in the side of the second equipment side side wall member 604, and contact mechanism 70 is positioned in the side of the first equipment side side wall member 603.In other words, printing material supply pipe 640 is arranged on compared to close to the position of wall member 603 closer to wall member 604.Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on compared to close to the position of printing material supply pipe 640 closer to the first equipment side side wall member 603.
Elastomeric element 648 is arranged on wall member 601 around printing material supply pipe 640.As described with reference to Fig. 5, be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20, the periphery of the ink feed structure 280 of elastomeric element 648 seal box 20 and prevent ink from leaking into periphery from ink feed structure 280 thus.Be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20, elastomeric element 648 produces along the ink feed structure 280 of box 20 being pressed the direction (along+Z-direction) of going back the Ps (Fig. 5) that exerts pressure.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, keeper 60 has the opening OP running through box room 602 in the upside relative with wall member 601.When box 20 is installed to keeper 60 or unloads from it, box 20 is through opening OP.
First equipment side side wall member 603 wall member 601+X-direction side on the angle vertical relative to wall member 601 one-tenth.According to the present embodiment, the first equipment side side wall member 603 +X-direction side forms outer wall 603W.In the use attitude of printing machine 50, outer wall 603W forms the front of keeper 60.Outer wall 603W extends along the orientation (Y direction) of multiple box 20.Bar 80 for installing or unload box 20 is arranged on wall member 603.Bar 80 is fixed in a movable manner by via fixture 690, or more accurately rotatably, is fixed to wall member 603.In other words, bar 80 is fixed to the fixture 690 of the part forming wall member 603.The rotating shaft of bar 80 is parallel with Y direction.
Fixture 690 is arranged on bight 600C (equipment side bight) place (Figure 17), and the first equipment side side wall member 603 is intersected at this place and base wall component 601.
As shown in Figure 5, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.When user exerts pressure to this control member 830 from+X-direction side towards-X-direction side (that is, when applying operating physical force Pr as user to control member 830), bar 80 rotates counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) around rotating shaft.Bar 80 correspondingly rotates in the XZ plane parallel with Z-direction with X-direction.
Bar 80 is set to be formed with room the component that wall member 601,603,604,605 is separated with 606.Bar 80 is made up of synthetic resin, is more specifically made up of polyformaldehyde (POM) according to the present embodiment.Bar 80 has the rigidity of the specified level being enough to locking rod 80.More specifically, bar 80 preferably has the rigidity substantially not causing bar 80 to be out of shape by the power applied from the box 20 being in installment state (such as, the power of 14.4N).Such as, the distortion of the bar 80 caused by the external force applying 14.4N from box 20 is preferably not more than about 0.5mm.Bar 80 does not preferably have any elastically deformable part.This reduce the possibility of being significantly out of shape by the power applied from box 20 at the installment state king-rod 80 of box 20, and guarantee that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 and the equipment side terminal of contact mechanism 70 is connected.There is provided and to form the free degree that bar 80 that wall member 601,603,604,605 is separated with 606 advantageously increases the material of selector 80 with room.
Referring back to Figure 14 to Figure 17, wall member 604 wall member 601-X-direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 604 is relative across box room 602 with wall member 603.According to the present embodiment, wall member 604 forms the back side of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 604 extends along the direction (Y direction) that multiple box 20 arranges.Second equipment side limiting element 620 is arranged on wall member 604.Second equipment side limiting element 620 is the through holes (Figure 17) passed along X-direction.According to another embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 can be the depression opened to box room 602.
As described above with reference to Fig. 5, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is constructed to engage with the second box side restricted part 220.Second equipment side limiting element 620 is as guiding piece box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unload from it.Second equipment side limiting element 620 is installed to locking second box side restricted part 220 in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20.More specifically, the second equipment side limiting element 620 second box side restricted part 220 is locked at be positioned at printing material supply pipe 640+Z-direction side and-X-direction side on the second lock position 620L.According to the present embodiment, the second equipment side limiting element 620 is constructed to through hole, and it has the size of reception second box side restricted part 220, and has equipment side locking surface 622.Equipment side locking surface 622 is the planes towards-Z-direction, and carries out locking (Figure 11) to the restriction locking surface 222 of the second box side restricted part 220.Equipment side locking surface 622+X-direction end 624 contacts with the second box side restricted part 220, and therefore as the rotation pivotal point being used for box 20 to write from keeper 60.
As shown in figure 17, the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 have be arranged on the second equipment side limiting element 620+Z-direction side on space 670.Space 670 provides space, works as box 20 when being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it, allows box 20 to rotate as rotation pivotal point around the near zone of the second equipment side limiting element 620.According to the present embodiment, space 670 formed by the step caved on-X-direction along+Z-direction from the second equipment side side wall member 604 ladder.According to another embodiment, space 670 can be formed by the chamfered surface little by little reduced in-X-direction along+Z-direction of wall member 604.
As shown in Figure 14 to Figure 16, wall member 605 wall member 601-Y direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.According to the present embodiment, wall member 605 forms the right flank of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 605 is connected with wall member 603 and 605.Wall member 605 extends along X-direction and intersects with the orientation (Y direction) of multiple box 20.
Wall member 606 wall member 601+Y direction side on relative to wall member 601 degree in a vertical angle.Wall member 606 is relative with wall member 605 across box room 602.According to the present embodiment, wall member 606 forms the left surface of keeper 60 under the use attitude of printing machine 50.Wall member 606 is connected with wall member 603 and 604.Wall member 606 extends along X-direction, and intersects with the orientation (Y direction) of multiple box 20.
According to the above-mentioned position relationship of wall member 601 and 603-606, wall member 601 is perpendicular to Z-direction; Wall member 603 and 604 in the X-axis direction toward each other; Wall member 605 and 606 in the Y-axis direction toward each other; And wall member 601 and opening OP are in the Z-axis direction toward each other.
Contact mechanism 70 is arranged on 600C place, bight, and wall member 601 intersects with the wall member 603 of keeper 60 herein.Contact mechanism 70 is positioned at compared to close to the position of printing material supply pipe 640 closer to wall member 603.Contact mechanism 70 comprises and the multiple equipment side terminals that contact corresponding with each terminal 431-439 (Figure 10) of box side terminal 400, and it arranges the terminal base of multiple equipment side terminal.
A-4-2. the concrete structure of contact mechanism 70:
Figure 18 is the stereogram of the contact mechanism 70 unloaded from keeper 60.
Contact mechanism 70 comprises terminal base 709 and the equipment side terminal that is positioned on terminal base 709 or contact form component 731-739.In equipment side terminal 731-739, each is all the elastic component with electric conductivity, and has from the outstanding ledge of equipment side chamfered surface 708, and it is shifted by external force.Be installed in the state of keeper 60 at box 20, equipment side terminal 731-739 produces exert pressure or elastic force Pt (exerting pressure) (Fig. 5) along the direction pushed back by the circuit board 40 of box 20 (comprise+Z-direction vector components and the-direction of X-direction vector components).When the equipment side terminal 731-739 outstanding from equipment side chamfered surface 708 exerts pressure towards equipment side chamfered surface 708 by box 20, produce elasticity (exerting pressure) power Pt as reaction force.Box 20 promotes along removing direction RD by the vector components of the elastic force PT produced by equipment side terminal 731-739 obtained, and as mentioned above, this direction is the direction contrary with installation direction SD.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged on the position corresponding with nine box side terminal 431-439.Equipment side terminal 731 is called " installing detection terminal 731 (the 3rd terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 732 is called " reseting terminal 732 ".Equipment side terminal 733 is called " clock terminal 733 ".Equipment side terminal 734 is called " installing detection terminal 734 (the 4th terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 735 is called " installing detection terminal 735 (the first terminal) ".Equipment side terminal 736 is called " power supply terminal 736 ".Equipment side terminal 737 is called " ground terminal 737 ".Equipment side terminal 738 is called " data terminal 738 ".Equipment side terminal 739 is called " installing detection terminal 739 (the second terminal) ".In order to distinguish with box side terminal, word " equipment side " can by the prefix as each title.Such as, " ground terminal 737 " can be called as " equipment side ground terminal 737 ".Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are together referred to as equipment side terminal 700.
Nine equipment side terminal 731-739 are arranged as the first equipment side terminal line and the second equipment side terminal line in the Z-axis direction with diverse location.First equipment side terminal line comprises five equipment side terminal 735-739, and the second equipment side terminal line comprises four equipment side terminal 731-734.First equipment side terminal line be positioned at the second equipment side terminal line-Z-direction side on.The number of equipment side terminal is not limited to nine, and can become according to the structure of circuit board 40 any desired number being greater than nine or being less than nine.
In nine equipment side terminal 731-739, the equipment side ground terminal 737 being positioned at the basic central authorities in Y direction is electrically connected with earth connection (not shown).Equipment side ground terminal 737 from the height that equipment side chamfered surface 708 is outstanding be greater than other equipment side terminals 731-736,738 and 739 height.Therefore equipment side ground terminal 737 contacted with the circuit board 40 of box 20 before other equipment side terminals 731-736,738 and 739.
According to the present embodiment, in order to accelerate the assembling of printing machine, equipment side terminal 731-739 is positioned on terminal base 709, and forms one with the contact mechanism 70 be attached in keeper 60.But, use the contact mechanism 70 of the one of terminal base 709 optional.According to another embodiment, the suitable construction for receiving equipment side terminal 731-739 can be integrally formed with the base wall component 601 of keeper 60 or outer wall 603W, and equipment side terminal 731-739 can be incorporated in this structure.Terminal base 709 therefore neither be required.
A-4-3. the structure of bar 80
Figure 19 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80.Figure 20 shows the cross section of the axis body 850 obtained along the plane (XZ plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis) parallel with Z axis with X-axis.Figure 21 shows along through the central area on the width (Y direction) of bar 80 and the cross section of bar 80 that obtains of the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis (XZ plane, the plane vertical with Y-axis).Figure 21 shows the cross section being properly installed the state lower beam 80 of the design and installation position of keeper 60 at box 20.
As shown in Figure 19 and Figure 21, bar 80 comprises control member 830, a pair axis body 850, guiding elements 820 and bonding part 810.Bar 80 has control member 830 at its one end (+Z-direction end) and has bonding part 810 at opposite side (-Z-direction end).Bar 80 has the rotating shaft 800c between control member 830 and bonding part 810.In other words, bar 80 is around the rotating shaft 800c pivotable of the position between control member 830 and bonding part 810.
The control member 830 of bar 80 receives by user's externally applied forces.As shown in figure 21, control member 830 be arranged on bar 80+Z-direction end.Be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20, control member 830 be positioned at rotating shaft 800c+Z-direction side on.Control member 830 be positioned at the first equipment side side wall member 603 of keeper 60+Z-direction side on (Figure 15).
Control member 830 has operating surface 835 and control member apparent surface 831.Operating surface 835 receives by user from+X-direction side direction-X-direction side externally applied forces (the power Pr shown in Fig. 5), to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20.Control member apparent surface 831 is installed to face relative with box 20 in the installment state of keeper 60 at box 20.
As shown in figure 19, a pair axis body 850 is arranged on the substantial middle position between the end of bar 80.A pair axis body 850 defines the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80.Rotating shaft 800c is parallel with Y direction (orientation of box 20).An axis body 850a (being called " the first axle body 850a ") in a pair axis body 850 bar 80+Y direction side on give prominence to from outer surface 893 along+Y direction.Another axis body 850b (being called " the second axle body 850b ") in a pair axis body 850 bar 80-Y direction side on give prominence to from outer surface 891 along-Y direction.Outer surface 891 and 893 is also called side 891 and 893.A pair axis body 850 be arranged on bar 80 easily limits rotating shaft 800c by using fixture as above.
According to the present embodiment, each axis body 850 has inner arcuate surface 852, outer arcuate surface 854 and radial side 856 and 858.Each face 852,854,856 and 858 forms the outer surface of axis body 850.Inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854 are called " the first curved surfaces 852 " and " the second curved surfaces 854 " respectively.Inner arcuate surface 852 is corresponding with rotating shaft 800c with the center on outer arcuate surface 854.Inner arcuate surface 852 be positioned at compared to close to outer arcuate surface 854 closer to the second equipment side side wall member 604 position (that is, its-X-direction side on).
As shown in figure 20, inner arcuate surface 852 forms the arc around rotating shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with Z axis with X-axis, and it has radius R 1a.Outer arcuate surface 854 forms the arc around rotating shaft 800c on the cross section parallel with Z axis with X-axis, and it has radius R 2a.Radius R 1a is less than radius R 2a.As mentioned above, each axis body 850 has concentric inner arcuate surface 852 and outer arcuate surface 854, this center of circle be positioned at compared to close to the outer arcuate surface 854 as a part for outer surface closer to the position of the second equipment side side wall member 604.Therefore rotating shaft 800c can be arranged in the position of box room 602 closer to box 20, and does not interfere with box 20.This makes the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 by bonding part 810 locking, can reduce departing from from the first lock position 810L simultaneously.If rotating shaft 800c be positioned at box 20 away from position, bar 80 all can cause bonding part 810 along the remarkable displacement of Z-direction from any movement of the installation site of the correct installment state design for box 20.Position rotating shaft 800c is positioned at closer to box 20 desirably reduce when bar 80 box 20 be suitably installed to move from standard gestures in the state of design and installation position time, bonding part 810 displacement in the Z-axis direction.That is, this location makes box 20 have from the less state departed from of the first lock position 810L by bonding part 810 locking.The radius R 1a radius R 2a on outer arcuate surface 854 being set to be greater than inner arcuate surface 852 advantageously prevent the intensity decline of axis body 850." lock position (the first lock position) 810L " represents when box 20 is installed to the installation site being set to desirable design attitude, the first equipment side locking surface 811 (Part I of bonding part 810) and the first box side chain only surperficial 211 (the first bearing parts of the first box side restricted part 210) against position.
Bonding part 810 is used at installment state locking box 20 and the motion of constrained box 20.As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 be arranged on bar 80-Z-direction end on.Bonding part 810 box 20 be installed in the installment state of keeper 60 be positioned at rotating shaft 800c-Z-direction side on.
As shown in figure 21, bonding part 810 by two parts by the first box side restricted part 210 (Fig. 5) locking.Bonding part 810 comprises the first equipment side locking surface 811 (the first equipment side limiting element) as Part I and the groove as Part II 815 and the second equipment side locking surface 813 (the second equipment side limiting element).According to the present embodiment, two equipment side locking surfaces 811 and 813 of bonding part 810 are positioned as intersected with each other.
First equipment side locking surface 811 is the curved surfaces forming arc around rotating shaft 800c.Therefore first equipment side locking surface 811 has the arc around rotating shaft 800c on the cross section (that is, cross section parallel plane with XZ, the cross section vertical with Y-axis) parallel with Z axis with X-axis.In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, this structure makes the first equipment side locking surface 811 can move to the first lock position 810L and box 20 smoothly.Box 20 to be installed to keeper 60 because this ensure that and to unload from it by this structure smoothly.
At lock position (the first lock position) 810L place, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is in the X-axis direction close to rotating shaft 800c.In other words, according to the present embodiment, at lock position (the first lock position) 810L place, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is orientated as almost immediately below rotating shaft 800c.At 810L place, lock position, the first equipment side locking surface 811 thus defines the plane of intersecting with approximate right angle with+Z-direction power, be in box 20 in installment state from equipment side terminal 700 and elastomeric element 648 receive should+Z-direction power.According to the present embodiment, the plane contacted with the first equipment side locking surface 811 as curved surface is basic horizontal plane at 810L place, lock position.This reduce the possibility that the joint of the first box side chain only between surface 211 and the first equipment side locking surface 811 is removed while box 20 is installed in printing machine.Therefore, the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction preferably close to rotating shaft 800c and rotating shaft 800c-X-direction side on position.This makes with the first equipment side locking plane basic horizontal of contact of surface 811 and prevents to apply+X-direction power from the box 20 be in installment state to the first equipment side locking surperficial 811.Even if when the actual lock position on the first box side chain only surface 211 and the first equipment side locking surface 811 is departed from slightly from the first lock position 810L, the first lock position 810L is orientated as and desirably reduces lock position departing from the Z-axis direction close to rotating shaft 800c in the X-axis direction.In other words, this reduce box 20 departing from the Z-axis direction relative to keeper 60, and ensure that the excellent electric contact of box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.Such as, on the cross section of the bar 80 obtained along the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis, first lock position 810L should be positioned as making through rotating shaft 800c and angle A the straight line parallel with Z-direction and the straight line be connected with the first lock position 810L by rotating shaft 800c is preferably not more than 15 degree, more preferably be not more than 10 degree, and be more preferably not more than 5 degree.Angle A is also preferably not less than 1 degree.
As shown in figure 19, guiding elements 820 is arranged between control member 830 and bonding part 810, to extend to-Z-direction end from+Z-direction end.Guiding elements 820 is used for, in process box 20 being installed to keeper 60, first box side restricted part 210 (shown in Figure 12) is directed to bonding part 810, simultaneously constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction.Therefore box 20 can be properly installed design and installation position.
Guiding elements 820 is by the guiding diapire 821 arranged along Y direction and the depression formed from a pair guiding wall 860 guiding diapire 821 towards-X-direction degree in a vertical angle.Diapire 821 and this is guided easily to form depression to guiding wall 860, to receive the first box side restricted part 210 being constructed to projection.This guiding wall 860 is comprised be arranged on+Y direction side on the first guiding wall 860a and be arranged on-Y direction side on the second guiding wall 860b.Axis body 850a is positioned on the outer surface 893 of the first guiding wall 860a, and axis body 850b is positioned on the outer surface 891 of the second guiding wall 860b.
Space between two guiding wall 860a and 860b, namely, distance between the inner surface of two guiding wall 860a and 860b, is less than the Y direction length of box 20, but is greater than the Y direction length (as seen by Figure 12) of the first box side restricted part 210.In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first box side restricted part 210 is received by guiding elements 820, and by simply and be reliably directed to bonding part 810, and this is to guiding wall 860a and 860b constrained box 20 motion in the Y-axis direction, and guide diapire 821 constrained box 20 motion in the Z-axis direction.
Guide diapire 821 to have groove 870 in a part for side, bonding part 810, it is constructed to the Part II 214 (Figure 12) of reception first box side restricted part 210.Groove 870 sink from guiding the surface of diapire 821 along+X-direction.Groove 870 extends to it-Z-direction end from guiding diapire 821 central authorities on+Z-direction.
The bar 80 be arranged on keeper 60 is constructed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved to the first lock position 810L.When axis body 850 is fixed by fixture 690, bar 80 is tilted, with the first equipment side locking surface 811 is positioned at rotating shaft 800c-X-direction side on (Figure 21).According to an embodiment, by the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at rotating shaft 800c-Z-direction side and-X-direction side on, bar 80 can be made to tilt.According to another embodiment, by the center of gravity of bar 80 is positioned at rotating shaft 800c+Z-direction side and+X-direction side on, bar 80 can be made to tilt.
A-4-4. the concrete structure of fixture 690
Figure 22 is the exploded perspective view of fixture 690 and the stereogram of bar 80.Bar 80 is fixed by fixture 690, to be rotatably mounted keeper 60.Figure 22 shows the part-structure of fixture 690 fixed bar 80.Fixture 690 is made up of the combination of the first fixed component 650 and the second fixed component 680.Fixture 690 is made up of synthetic resin, is more specifically made up of ABS resin according to the present embodiment.
First fixed component 650 has a pair upstanding portion 651 and through hole 658.According to the present embodiment, the first fixed component 650 also has the jut 636 as the 3rd equipment side limiting element.
This of first fixed component 650 is arranged as across the space for receiving bar 80 upstanding portion 651.Each upstanding portion 651 has supporting member 645, to receive the axis body 850 of bar 80.According to the present embodiment, each upstanding portion 651 also has the conjugate foramen 656 for engaging the second fixed component 680.
Second fixed component 680 has a pair upstanding portion 681 and through hole 688.According to the present embodiment, the second fixed component 680 also has elastic component 682.
This of second fixed component 680 is arranged to through that space identical to the space upstanding portion 651 with the first fixed component 650 upstanding portion 681.Each upstanding portion 681 has stop surface 684 to stop supporting member 654, in case the axis body 850 of stopping bar 80 unexpectedly separates with supporting member 654.According to this embodiment, each upstanding portion 681 also has engagement tab 686 to be coupled in the conjugate foramen 656 of the first fixed component 650.
In order to bar 80 is installed to keeper 60, by being arranged in the corresponding supporting member 654 of the upstanding portion 651 of the first fixed component 650 by each axis body 850 of bar 80, carry out backstay 80.Subsequently, two fixed components 650 and 680 are assembled, and supporting member 654 (it has the axis body 850 of the bar 80 be coupled to wherein) is stopped by the corresponding stop surface 684 of the second fixed component 680.Such as be fixed to the wall of keeper 60 by the screw be arranged in through hole 658 and 688 after first and second fixed components 650 and 680.Bar 80 is rotatably installed to keeper 60 by this.
Figure 23 is the structure being installed to the periphery of the installment state king-rod 80 of keeper 60 at box 20.With reference to Figure 23, the relation between the axis body 852 of bar 80 and the supporting member 654 of the first fixed component 650 is described.Figure 23 shows along through the first equipment side locking surface 811 and the cross section of box 20 being carried out to the bar 80 of locking that obtains of the plane parallel with Z axis with X-axis.Dotted line in Figure 23 shows the outstanding shape of the axis body 850 of bar 80, and double dot dash line shows the outstanding shape of supporting member 654 and stop surface 684.
As known understanding by Figure 23, with contacting of supporting member 654, the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 is positioned with outer arcuate surface 854 by the inner arcuate surface 852 of axis body 850.Bar 80 is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction) make the radial side 856 of axis body 850 and supporting member 654 against.This further restricts the turning clockwise of bar 80 (observing from+Y direction).Which ensure that the stable rotation of bar 80, and box 20 is remained on the installation site of design with stable state.
In bar 80 rotary course, elastic component 682 against be positioned at rotating shaft 800c-Z-direction side on the joint back side 880 of bar 80.Therefore box 20 is being installed to keeper 60 or the rotating range of limit rod 80 from the process that it unloads by elastic component 682.Be installed in the process of keeper 60 at box 20, elastic component 682 is against the joint back side 880 of bar 80, and elastic deformation, make its along comprising-exert pressure to the joint back side 880 in the direction of X-direction vector components.Which ensure that the bonding part 810 of bar 80 moves to lock position (the first lock position) 810L.
A-5. box 20 be installed to keeper 60 and unload from it:
Figure 24 to Figure 27 shows the process (installation process) box 20 being installed or is arranged to keeper 60.Figure 24 to Figure 27 is the sectional view corresponding with Fig. 5 and Figure 17, and once order is arranged according to time sequencing.
In order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, first process is end face box 20 being inserted through keeper 60, as shown in figure 24.Be that box 20 is moved along-Z-direction or installation direction after process, first enter keeper 60 to make the second restricted part 220 side, box side of box 20 and afterwards the second box side restricted part 220 be inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620.In the state of Figure 24, the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 be located at the bonding part 810 of the bar 80 in keeper 60+Z-direction side on.
Box 20 is around the clockwise pivotable of the second box side restricted part 220 (observing from+Y direction), this the second box side restricted part 220 to be inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620 as the pivotal point that the state from Figure 24 rotates, and the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 is moved towards the wall member 601 of keeper 60.As shown in figure 25, move along-Z-direction after first box side restricted part 210, simultaneously box 20 to be limited by the guiding elements 820 (that is, a pair lead arm 860a and 860b) by the bar 80 in Figure 19 along Y direction with along moving of X-direction, and guides diapire 821 to limit.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 25 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the first box side restricted part 210 is exerted pressure towards Z-direction further.As shown in figure 26, exerted pressure towards-X-direction by the first box side restricted part 210 after bar 80, (observe from+Y direction) being rotated counterclockwise.Bar 80 is against elastic component 682 and receive exerting pressure along the direction pushed back clockwise by bar 80 from elastic component 682.This is exerted pressure is comprise-the external force of X-direction vector components.Therefore the rotatable scope of bar 80 is limited by elastic component 682.The state that the bar 80 of Figure 26 is exerted pressure against elastic component 682 and by elastic component 682 keeps, until box 20 is further pressed into and the guiding elements 820 of the first box side restricted part 210 pressing rod 80.
When box 20 rotates from the state of Figure 26 further to be pressed into the 3rd side, face 203, the guiding elements 820 of the final pressing rod 80 of the first box side restricted part 210.Rotated after bar 80, with along shown in Figure 27-X-direction moves the first box side restricted part 210.Therefore bonding part 810 moves to the first lock position 810L and the first box side restricted part 210 is locked at the first lock position 810L.More specifically, as shown in the close up view of bottom right, first equipment side locking surface 811 (Part I) of bonding part 810 against the first box side chain only surface 211 (first bearing parts) of the first box side restricted part 210, with constrained box 20 moving along+Z-direction.Second equipment side locking surface 813 (Part II) of bonding part 810 also against the second box side chain only surface 213 (second bearing parts) of the first box side restricted part 210, with the motion of constrained box 20 in+X-direction.Although the first box side chain only surface 211 and the second box side chain only surface 213 be two that be separated, substantially vertical surfaces shown in the close up view of Figure 27, as shown in fig. 27 a, but the Part I 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as having curved surface, only surface 211 and the second box side chain are only constructed to the separate section of similar face in surface 213 to make the first box side chain.Alternatively, as shown in figure 27b, the bonding part 212 of the first box side restricted part 210 can be formed as smooth inclined surface or other shapes, and only surface 211 and the second box side chain are only constructed to the separate section of similar face in surface 213 to make the first box side chain.As a part for installation portion, be connected by with printing material supply pipe 640 after the ink feed structure 280 of box 20, the second box side restricted part 220 engages with the second equipment side limiting element 620 and the first box side restricted part 210 engages with bonding part 810 simultaneously.This accomplishes and box 20 is installed to keeper 60.Box 20 is arranged on the electrical connection of setting up between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700 the suitable of design and installation position, makes it allow to carry out signal transmission between box 20 and printing machine 50.
According to the present embodiment, as shown in Figure 23 and Figure 27, elastic component 682 to be constructed under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60 not with bar 80 against, and external force is not applied to bar 80 thus.This reduce the possibility that bar 80 is departed from from the first lock position 810L by possibility and the bonding part 810 of external force elastic deformation.This is because this ensure that the stable electrical connection between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be designed as against bar 80 under the installment state that box 20 is installed to keeper 60, and thus by power along comprising-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80.In this application, elastic component 682 continuously by power along comprising-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to bar 80, and regardless of the position of bar 80.Bonding part 810 is moved to the first lock position 810L with enough power by this, so that box 20 is installed to keeper 60.These give obvious click (click), to inform that subscriber box 20 is locked by bonding part 810.
According to another embodiment, elastic component 682 can be omitted.The application reduces the total number of parts.
The process unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20 is described.In order to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20, user is along-X-direction pressing operation component 830.In other words, user by external force Pr (Fig. 5) along comprising-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to control member 830.After bar 80 by bonding part 810 around rotating shaft 800c along comprising+direction of X-direction vector components is moved.Meanwhile, the first box side chain only rotates along the direction of the arrow Y22 shown in Figure 23 and moves in surface 211.First box side restricted part 210 departs from from bonding part 810 by this, and eliminates the restriction for the motion of the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 in+Z-direction.Eliminate and for the restriction of the motion of box 20, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 is moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 in+Z-direction.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 26 by this from the state of Figure 27.Box 20 is rotated counterclockwise (observing from+Y direction), to be pulled open from the diapire component 601 of keeper 60 the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 as the second box side restricted part 220 of pivotal point rotated by around being inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620.Box 20 is moved to the state of Figure 25 by this from the state of Figure 26, and further moves to the state of Figure 24.User can by external force along comprising-direction of X-direction vector components is applied to jut 260, with rotation box 20.3rd side, face 203 of box 20 rotates counterclockwise by this operation (observing from+Y direction), and is moved along+Z-direction the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20.3rd side, face 203 of user's handling box 20, and the second box side restricted part 220 is come out from the second equipment side limiting element 620, to be removed from keeper 60 by box 20.
As shown in the close up view of Figure 27, the control member 830 of bar 80 comprises control member apparent surface 831.In order to be removed from keeper 60 by the box be under installment state 20, when user exerts pressure to control member 830, control member apparent surface 831 contacts with jut 260.Control member apparent surface 831 to comprising-direction of X-direction vector components and+Z-direction vector components tilts.Being rotated along the direction of arrow Y27 around rotating shaft 800c by bar 80 makes control member apparent surface 831 contact with jut 260, and comprising-and X-direction vector components exerts pressure to jut 260 with the direction Yh of+Z-direction vector components.This contributes to box 20 to unload from keeper 60.Even if when box 20 is blocked by a part for keeper 60 and by the first box side chain, only surface 211 is not moved from the first lock position 810L along the movement of+X-direction along+Z-direction, by using control member apparent surface 831 and jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be moved along+Z-direction.
A-6. the installation detection method of installing detection terminal is used:
Figure 28 shows the block diagram according to the circuit board 40 of the box 20 of the first embodiment and the electronic structure of printing machine 50.Printing machine 50 comprises display floater 590, power supply circuits 580, main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550.Display floater 590, as display unit, informs the user various information, such as, and the condition of work of printing machine 50 and the installment state of box 20.Display floater 590 can be arranged on the working cell (not shown) that can observe from the outside of printing machine 50.Power supply circuits 580 comprise the first power supply 581 to produce the first supply voltage VDD, and comprise second source 582 to produce second source voltage VHV.First supply voltage VDD is the normal power supplies voltage (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) for logic circuit.Second source voltage VHV is for the high voltage that 540 (Fig. 2) drive (such as, the rated voltage of 42V) to injection ink.These voltage VDD and VHV is provided to sub-control circuit 550, is supplied to other circuit by based on needs simultaneously.Main control circuit 570 comprises CPU571 and memory 572.Sub-control circuit 550 comprises memorizer control circuit 551 and mounting testing circuit 552.The circuit structure comprising main control circuit 570 and sub-control circuit 550 is called " control circuit ".
In nine terminals (Figure 10) on the circuit board 40 being arranged at box 20, reseting terminal 432, clock terminal 433, power supply terminal 436, ground terminal 437 and data terminal 438 are electrically connected with memory cell 420.Memory cell 420 is the nonvolatile memories without address terminal.In memory cell 420, based on the umber of pulse of the clock signal SCK inputted from clock terminal 433 and the order data from data terminal 438 input, determine the memory cell that will be accessed.Memory cell 420 and clock signal SCK synchronously receive data from data terminal 438 or data are sent to data terminal 438.Clock terminal 433 is used to clock signal SCK to be provided to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550 (Figure 28).Printing machine 50 drives the supply voltage of memory cell 420 (such as, the rated voltage of 3.3V) and ground voltage (0V) to be applied to power supply terminal 436 and ground terminal 437 respectively by being used for.Can be the first supply voltage VDD directly provided by printing machine 50 for driving the supply voltage of memory cell 420 or can be produced by the first supply voltage VDD lower than the first supply voltage VDD.Data terminal 438 is used to send data-signal SDA between sub-control circuit 550 and memory cell 420.Reseting terminal 432 is used to reset signal RST to be supplied to memory cell 420 from sub-control circuit 550.Four detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed be interconnected by the wiring in the circuit board 40 (Fig. 3) of box 20 and be all grounded.Such as, detection terminal 431,434,435 is installed to be connected to be grounded with ground terminal 437 with 439.According to another embodiment, installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 by any access path ground connection, and can not need ground terminal 437.As known understanding by this description, detection terminal 431,434,435 is installed to be connected with the part storing terminal (or memory cell 420) with 439, but is not preferably connected with any memory terminal except ground terminal 437 or memory cell 420.Installation detection terminal is not connected with memory terminal or memory cell and causes except installation check signal, do not have signal or voltage to be applied to installation detection terminal, and installs detection accurately because this ensure that.Four detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed to be interconnected by the wiring in the figure embodiment of Figure 28, but a part for access path can be replaced by resistance.
In Figure 28, pathname SCK, VDD, SDA, RST, OV1, OV2, DT1 and DT2 are assigned to each access path be connected with the box side terminal 431-439 of circuit board 40 by equipment side terminal 731-739.About the access path to memory cell 420, signal name is used to pathname.
Figure 29 shows the connection between circuit board 40 and mounting testing circuit 552.Detection terminal 431,434,435 is installed and is connected with mounting testing circuit 552 with 739 via corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734,735 with 439 for four of circuit board 40.Detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is installed and is grounded for four of circuit board 40.Equipment side terminal 731,734,735 and 739 is connected via pull-up resistor respectively at the first supply voltage VDD (rated voltage of 3.3V) in sub-control circuit 550 with the link path between mounting testing circuit 552.
In the figure embodiment of Figure 29, three terminals 431,434 in four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 and installation detection terminal 435 have good connection with corresponding equipment side terminal 731,734 and 735.But, detection terminal 439 is installed and with corresponding equipment side terminal 739, there is poor connection.Are L level (ground voltage levels) for the voltage levvl of the access path of three equipment side terminals 731,734 and 735 under good connection status, and are H level (supply voltage VDD levels) for the voltage levvl of the access path of equipment side terminal 739 under the connection status of difference.Mounting testing circuit 552 can check the voltage levvl of these access paths, identifies good/poor connection status of installing each in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 relative to four.
The contact portion cp of four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 on circuit board 40 is positioned at the outside of first area 400P, and this first area comprises the contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.The contact portion cp of four installation detection terminals 431,434,435 and 439 is positioned at four bights of quadrangle second area 400T, and this region comprises first area 400P.First area 400P preferably comprises the contact portion cp of five memory terminals 432,433,436,437 and 438, little as far as possible quadrangle.That second area 400T preferably comprises the contact portion cp of box side terminal 431-439, little as far as possible quadrangle.
Under whole four states of installing detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 good contact, box 20 does not have the good contact significantly tilting and guarantee memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.On the other hand, to install in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 in any one or the poor state contacted of many persons at four, box 20 has significantly tilt and memory terminal 432,433,436,437 can be caused to contact with any one or the poor of many persons in 438.According to preferred embodiment, under four states of installing any one or many persons cross-contact in detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439, mounting testing circuit 552 shows the information (character string or image) representing that mistake is installed on display floater 590, to notify that user error is installed.
Due to following reason, the contact portion cp of installation detection terminal 431,434,435 and 439 is disposed in four bights around first area 400P, and first area comprises the contact portion cp of memory terminal 432,433,436,437 and 438.Box 20 is being installed in the installment state of keeper 60, is there is some surplus being used for tilting box 20, the circuit board 40 of box 20 can be tilted relative to the contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60.Such as, tilt to make terminal 431-434 in the up R2 (Figure 10 A) on circuit board 40 (more specifically by box 20, their contact portion) the poor contact of any terminal of the terminal 431-434 in up R2 may be caused further from contact mechanism 70 compared to the terminal 435-439 (more specifically, their contact portion) in descending R1 (Figure 10 A).Tilt to make terminal 435-439 in the descending R1 on circuit board 40 (more specifically by box 20, their contact portion) may to cause in descending R1 terminal 435-439 further from contact mechanism 70 compared to the terminal 431-434 (more specifically, their contact portion) in up R2 in the poor contact of any terminal.Tilt to make the left hand edge of circuit board 40 (Figure 10 A) the poor of any terminal in the terminal 431,432,435,436 and 437 on the left side of circuit board 40 may be caused compared to right hand edge to contact further from contact mechanism 70 by box 20.Tilt to make the right hand edge of circuit board 40 the poor of any terminal in the terminal 433,434,437,438 and 439 on the right side of circuit board 40 may be caused compared to left hand edge to contact further from contact mechanism 70 by box 20.Poor contact may cause reads the mistake of data from memory cell 420 or causes writing the mistake of data to memory cell 420.Check whole four install detection terminals 431,434,435 with 439 contact portion cp (its be disposed in comprise memory terminal 432,433,436,437 with 438 contact portion cp first area 400P outside) whether good/poor contact advantageously prevent the poor contact that this inclination due to box 20 causes and the access errors in the memory cell 420 caused.
A-7. the beneficial effect of embodiment:
A-7-1. the present embodiment is compared to the U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811 formerly mentioned and U.S. Patent No. 6,276, the specific beneficial effect of structure disclosed in 780.
According in the present embodiment printing material supply system 10, bar 80 is arranged on keeper 60, and the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on box 20.Box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on.From in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, structure that bar is combined with box is different, for the engagement member that is combined with keeper not between rotating shaft and the control member of bar.Therefore, do not need between bar with box side, produce relative large distance.Therefore, the structure of embodiment shortens the distance between bar 80 and the 3rd face 203 of box 20, that is, size in the X-axis direction, shortens the length of bar simultaneously, that is, size in the Z-axis direction.This allows the size reducing printing machine 50 and whole printing material supply system 10 significantly, and reduces for transporting the size with the encapsulation of distribution boxes 20, which advantageously reduces cost of transportation and component costs.This beneficial effect is not simply as U.S. Patent No. 6,276, box provides bar to realize at printing machine keeper described in 780.This beneficial effect by be arranged on by the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 between control member 830 and bonding part 810 and the first box side restricted part 210 is positioned at the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction, side realizes.
Comprise relatively short bar 80 according to the printing material supply system 10 of the present embodiment and there is the first box side restricted part 210 of smaller szie and more simple structure (such as, projection).Compared to the structure described in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, which increase the rigidity of bar 80 and the first box side restricted part 210, and allow material bar 80 and the first box side restricted part 210 (box 20) being selected to relative higher rigidity.This causes significantly decreasing bar 80 and the plastic deformation of the first box side restricted part 210 or the possibility of creep.In installment state, box 20 can be maintained at the correct position in keeper 60, and this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739, and reduces poor continuity.Because the first box side restricted part 210 of the present embodiment has little size and simple result, so for transport with the encapsulation of distribution box 20 (particularly Vacuum Package) in do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.Which improve the convenience of use.In order to this beneficial effect, it is particularly preferred for providing jut to be used as the first box side restricted part 210 as described in the embodiment.
According in the printing material supply system 10 of the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on.As noted previously, under the installment state of box 20, the Pt that exerts pressure that equipment side terminal 731-739 produces on the direction pushed back by circuit board 40 (that is, comprising+direction of Z-direction vector components and-X-direction vector components on).Expect that box 20 moves by this Pt that exerts pressure in+Z-direction in the mounted state.But, in the printing material supply system 10 of embodiment, the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80 be positioned at the first box side restricted part 210-Z-direction side on, make bar 80 constrained box 20 from the motion of+Z-direction side direction-Z-direction side.
According to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the rotating shaft 800c of bar 80-Z-direction side on and-X-direction side on.When box 20 moves along+Z-direction, bar 80 produces the torque as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5.This torque has an effect to make the first box side restricted part 210 effectively to be exerted pressure in-X-direction by bonding part 810.Along with the moving box 20 in-X-direction of the X-direction vector components by the Pt that exerts pressure, this torque is also had an effect the bonding part 810 of carriage release lever 80.Be in the box 20 therefore capacity of installment state, and pressed by towards equipment side diapire component 601 and the second equipment side side wall member 604.This structure of the present embodiment prevents box 20 unexpected hell keeper 60 to depart from, and maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739 thus, and reduces poor continuity.
As shown in figure 27, first box side restricted part 210 comprises the first box side chain only surface 211, it is against the first equipment side locking surface 811 of bonding part 810, with the motion of constrained box 20 in+Z-direction, and comprise the second box side chain only surface 213, it is against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of bonding part 810, with the motion of constrained box 20 in+X-direction.Which ensure that the torque produced as shown in the arrow M in Fig. 5, and more effectively reduce successional possibility poor between box side terminal 431-439 and equipment side terminal 731-739.
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 has Part II 214.First box side restricted part 210 reduce first box side restricted part 210 under box 20 is installed to the installment state of keeper 60 be locked in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on the possibility of position.Be installed to by box 20 in the process of keeper 60, box 20 can press darker than the state of Figure 27 by user in-Z-direction in keeper 60.Even if in this case, the Part II 214 of the first box side restricted part 210 still against the second equipment side locking surface 813 of bar 80, with prevent the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned in bonding part 810-Z-direction side on.This reduce the first box side restricted part 210 is locked at unexpected lock position possibility by bonding part 810.
A-7-2. in the installment state of box, reduce the effect of external force:
Figure 30 shows in the external force installing or be applied in arrangement state box 20.During the printing operation of printing machine 50, keeper 60 and box 20 repeatedly move on main scanning direction (width of Y direction or box 20).Therefore box 20 accelerates in the direction of the width at keeper 60 and accepts external force (inertia force) between deceleration period.The box 20 accepting external force can along comprising the direction of rotation of width vector components (Y direction vector components) around ink feed structure 280 (Figure 27) and printing material supply pipe 640.More specifically, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 can be rotated along the direction of arrow YR1, and fourth face 204 side of box 20 can be rotated along the direction of arrow YR2 simultaneously.Second side, face 202 of box 20 also can be rotated along the defence line of YR3.The direction of arrow YR1 and the direction of arrow YR2 are the direction of rotation around Z axis, and it comprises Y direction vector components (width vector components).The direction of arrow YR3 is the direction of rotation around X week, and it comprises Y direction vector components (width vector components).
Box 20 is moved the 5th face 205 making box 20 or the 6th face 206 along the direction of arrow YR3 by along+Z-direction pull-up.But as noted previously, this movement of box 20 in+Z-direction is limited by bar 80.According to this embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is as shown in figure 13 close to cross part 295.In other words, the first box side restricted part 210 is close to the plate end 405 of circuit board 40.First box side restricted part 210 is arranged to as much as possible close to box side terminal 400.Because the first box side restricted part 210 is by bar 80 locking, so the periphery of the first box side restricted part 210 will cause position to move by external force substantially.Box side terminal 400 is arranged on the position mispairing of each terminal 431-439 relative to keeper 60 that the position with the movement of minimum position effectively prevent box side terminal 400, the stable electrical therefore maintained between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 is connected.In order to ensure this beneficial effect, preferably by (particularly the first box side chain only surface 211) at least partially of the first box side restricted part 210 in the Y-axis direction (width, when along-X-direction from the 3rd face 203 side observation box 20) be positioned between the first outside 435P and the second outside 439P (Figure 10 A).
As shown in Figure 7, according to the present embodiment, the angle part 265 of box 20 has the ladder 207 (the 7th face) extended from first surface 201 along+Z-direction.7th face 207 be positioned at chamfered surface (octahedral) 208-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th face 207 has the 3rd box side limiting element 250.As shown in Fig. 2 and Figure 14-Figure 16, keeper 60 has the 3rd equipment side limiting element (jut) 636.3rd box side limiting element 250 contacts with jut 636.The 3rd side, face 203 that this further restricts box 20 is in the direction of the width around the motion of printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.3rd box side limiting element 250 is preferably constructed to a pair haunched member outstanding along+X-direction from the 7th face 207, to receive jut 636 in-between, as be shown in the examples.The 3rd side, face 203 that this simple structure effectively limit box 20 is in the direction of the width around the motion of printing material supply pipe 640 and ink feed structure 280.
As shown in figure 13, according to the present embodiment, terminal support structure 408 and the 3rd box side limiting element 250 of circuit board 40 are arranged in the X-axis direction, and (when from first surface 201 side along+Z-direction observation box 20) overlaps each other.This effectively limit the motion of box 20 on the direction of arrow YR1 further, and prevents box side terminal 400 relative to the motion (departing from) of keeper 60 thus.
In the above description, the external force being applied to box 20 is in the width direction the inertia force produced by the motion of box 20 on main scanning direction.But the external force being applied to box 20 is not limited to this inertia force.Such as, from posture printing machine, print head moves on main scanning direction, but box 20 is installed to static keeper, and does not therefore move on main scanning direction.But from posture printing machine, box 20 may accept external force.More specifically, external force (inertia force) may such as due to from the movement of print head on main scanning direction and the vibration produced is applied to box 20.
A-7-3. the inclination of the box 20 be under installment state is reduced
As shown in figure 12, according to the present embodiment, the first box side restricted part 210 is set up intersects with the plane Yc of the central authorities of the width (Y direction length) through box 20.As shown in Figure 5, be in box 20 under installment state to receive from keeper 60 and comprise+Ps and Pt that exert pressure of Z-direction vector components.First box side restricted part 210 is exerted pressure towards the bonding part 810 of bar 80 by these Ps and Pt that exert pressure.Even if when the box 20 be under installment state is shaken around X-axis or Z axis by external force, the first box side restricted part 210 also moves hardly near the position intersected with plane Yc.
First box side restricted part 210 is positioned as close to cross part 295, that is, close to plate end 405.The position being provided in closely box side terminal 400 is moved the first very little box side restricted part 210 and be ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 is connected.
The live part of position of constrained box side terminal 400 of being specifically used for of the first box side restricted part 210 is the first box side chain only surfaces 211.Therefore preferably the first box side chain is only orientated as far as possible close to box side terminal 400 on surface 211.The Part III 215 and being orientated as bonding part 212 omitting the first box side restricted part 210 to contact with the first limit 290 and makes the first box side chain only surface 211 can as far as possible close to cross part 295 or plate end 405.It further ensures that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 is connected.
According to this embodiment, as shown in Figure 10, in the contact portion cp of each box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that centre in the Y-axis direction has contact portion cp is arranged on the position intersected with plane Yc.Other terminals 431-436,438 and 439 contact portion cp to be arranged to relative to the line of the cross part of plane Yc and ground terminal 437 be axisymmetrical.Plane Yc has motion little especially, because the position of the first box side restricted part 210 has been fixed.Box side terminal 400 be arranged on there is small movements plane Yc on or near it.Except the first box side restricted part 210 being arranged on the position of closely box side terminal 400, box side terminal 400 being positioned on plane Yc or near it and further ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 with contact mechanism 70 is connected.
A-7-4. the intense adjustment of box 20 in installment state:
According to this embodiment, first box side restricted part 210 (more specifically, first box side chain is surface 211 only) be not positioned at outside, but in the Y-axis direction box side terminal 400 +Y direction side on the first outside 435P and box side terminal 400-Y direction side on the second outside 439P between the inside of scope 40Y.After box 20 is installed to keeper 60, box side terminal 400 receives the+power of Z-direction vector components from equipment side terminal 700, to adjust the inclination of box 20 subtly or more specifically to adjust the direction on inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 (being provided with box side terminal 400 thereon).The the first box side chain manufacturing the position or the first box side restricted part 210 that mistake may change each equipment side terminal 731-739 and equipment side chamfered surface 708 stops the level on surface 211.Even if in this case, the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 is connected.
Figure 31 shows the intense adjustment in the direction of inclined-plane terminal support structure 408.Shown by dashed lines in the position of the back box 20 of the attitude of intense adjustment box 20.In this example, the installation detection terminal 731 of equipment side terminal 700 is manyly than design flow outstanding from equipment side chamfered surface 708 (Figure 18) along+Z-direction.In this case, inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 receives along comprising+power the Ph in the direction of Z-direction vector components from installing detection terminal 731.First box side chain is only positioned in scope 40Y and allows box 20 more to rotate around X-axis in surface 211.In other words, power Ph is applied to the attitude that inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 allows damper box 20 subtly.In example shown in Figure 31, the attitude of box 20 is adjusted to subtly to be rolled tiltedly towards the 6th face 206.
A-7-5. the beneficial effect of the second box side restricted part 220:
Box 20 has the second box side restricted part 220 (Figure 27) on fourth face 204, its for constrained box 20 from its+move along+Z-direction in X-direction side.It further ensures that the stable electrical between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 is connected.
According to this embodiment, the second box side restricted part 220 is juts outstanding from fourth face 204 along-X-direction.Second box side restricted part 220 is inserted in the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 3) of the form of the through hole with keeper 60.Box 20 rotates, box 20 be installed to keeper 60 or unload from it by user near the second box side restricted part 220 being inserted into the second equipment side limiting element 620 (Fig. 2).Second equipment side limiting element 620 is therefore as the guiding piece being used for box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.This structure contributes to box 20 being installed to keeper 60 or unloading from it.The second box side restricted part 220 with jut form can be simply provided on the fourth face 204 of box 20.
A-7-6. the beneficial effect of jut 260
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, box 20 on the 3rd face 203 the first box side restricted part 210+Z-direction side on there is jut 260.In order to box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60, the control member 830 power being applied to bar 80 from+X-direction side direction-X-direction side control member 830 is contacted with jut 260 and by jut 260 along comprising+the direction Yh of Z-direction vector components exerts pressure.Therefore jut 260 receives has+the power of Z-direction vector components.This contributes to by using control member 830 to be unloaded from keeper 60 by box 20.Even if box 20 by keeper 60 a part block and by the first box side chain, only surface 211 is not moved from the first lock position 810L along the movement of+X-direction along+Z-direction time, by using jut 260, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 still can be moved along+Z-direction.
Although be directly applied to jut 260 from control member 830 according to embodiment external force, external force may not be applied to jut 260 by from control member 830.Bonding part 810 departs from from the first box side restricted part 210 by rotational operation member 830, and eliminates the restriction for the motion of the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 in+Z-direction.Eliminate and for the restriction of the motion of box 20, the 3rd side, face 203 of box 20 is moved along+Z-direction by the Pt that exerts pressure from contact mechanism 70 in+Z-direction.The jut 260 of box 20 moves along direction YH simultaneously.User's handling along the jut 260 of direction Yh movement periphery and easily box 20 is unloaded from keeper 60.There is provided jut 260 to improve the operability write from keeper 60 by box 20, and do not need power to be applied directly to jut 260 from control member 830.
A-7-7. the beneficial effect of the position of ink feed structure 280:
As shown in figure 27, according to the present embodiment, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on first surface 201 compared to close to the position of the 3rd face 203 closer to fourth face 204.Between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and the 3rd face 203, therefore distance is in the X-axis direction greater than the distance between the outer surface of ink feed structure 280 and fourth face 204.Box side terminal 400 is arranged on the inclined-plane terminal support structure 408 adjacent with the 3rd face 203.In other words, ink feed structure 280 is arranged on the position leaving box side terminal 400.This reduce ink and be adsorbed to the possibility of box side terminal 400 and to prevent between box side terminal 400 with equipment side terminal 700 poor contacts.
A-7-8. the beneficial effect of ground terminal 437
According to the present embodiment, among the contact portion cp of box side terminal 400, the ground terminal 437 that the central authorities of Y direction have contact portion cp is arranged on the position intersected with the plane Yc of the central authorities of the width (Y direction length) through box 20.Ground terminal 437 is constructed to before other box side terminals 431-436,438 and 439, contact contact mechanism 70 in process box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Produce at the width of box 20 or the basic centre of Y direction length thus and be first applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 from keeper 60.This prevent and be applied to exerting pressure of circuit board 40 and play a role and box 20 is tilted to Y direction, and make box 20 be installed in the installation site of design thus.Ground terminal 437 contacted with this of contact mechanism 70 of keeper 60 before other terminals 431-436,438 and 439, even if when less desirable high voltage is applied to box 20, also advantageously prevent or reduce by the grounding function of ground terminal 437 problem and fault that high voltage causes.
A-7-9. the beneficial effect of the shape on the first equipment side locking surface 811:
As shown in figure 21, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is the arcs had on the cross section parallel with Z axis with X-axis around rotating shaft 800c.Box 20 is being installed in the process of keeper 60, is which ensure that smooth operation box 20 being installed to keeper 60 and unloading from it.First equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface and reduces the amount pushed back along+Z-direction by elastomeric element 648 (Figure 27) in process box 20 being installed to keeper 60.Which ensure that the excellent electric contact between box side terminal 400 and equipment side terminal 700.
An example of this beneficial effect is described with reference to Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F.The vertical direction of Figure 32 A to Figure 32 F corresponds to Z-direction; Upward direction in accompanying drawing corresponds to+Z-direction, and corresponds to-Z-direction in downward direction, and they are opposite directions.Figure 32 A to Figure 32 C shows and uses the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as curved surface to carry out mounting box, and is arrange according to time sequencing.Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F shows and uses the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as plane to carry out mounting box, and is arrange according to time sequencing.
As shown in fig. 32 a, in order to box 20 is installed to keeper 60, the first box side restricted part 210 moves along-Z-direction, simultaneously against guiding diapire 821.As shown in fig. 32b, when the first box side restricted part 210 moves by guiding diapire 821 along-Z-direction further, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is moved along the direction of arrow Y32.When user along-Z-direction firmly pressing box 20 time, the first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at the first equipment side locking surface 811-Z-direction side on.When user unclamps the gripping for box 20, box 20 is upwards exerted pressure in+Z-direction by Ps and Pt that exert pressure of elastomeric element 648 and equipment side terminal 700.As shown in fig. 32 c, when the first equipment side locking surface 811 is formed as curved surface, the momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is D1.
As shown in Figure 32 D to Figure 32 F, when the first equipment side locking surface 811t is formed as plane, the momentum that is pushed upwardly of the first box side restricted part 210 of box 20 is D2, and it is greater than D1.
In the installment state of box 20, compared to the first equipment side locking surface 811t being formed as plane, the first equipment side locking surface 811 being formed as curved surface can be positioned at more to-Z-direction side.What this reduce the first box side restricted part 210 is pushed upwardly momentum.
According to this embodiment, be positioned at preset or the first equipment side locking surface 811 at the first 810L place, lock position in X-direction (Figure 21) close to rotating shaft 800c.Even if when departing from from the first lock position 810L in the X-axis direction in actual lock position, this still reduces the first equipment side locking surface 811 displacement in the Z-axis direction.Therefore this prevent box 20 departing from the Z-axis direction relative to keeper 60.
B. additional embodiment:
Figure 33 shows the printing machine 50a according to the second embodiment.Figure 33 shows the cross section corresponding with the cross section of the Figure 17 according to the first embodiment.The difference of the printing machine 50 of itself and the first embodiment is that fixture 690a does not have elastic component 682.In addition the printing machine 50a of the second embodiment has identical structure with the printing machine 50 of the first embodiment.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not have specific explanations here.The box 20 being installed to printing machine 50a has identical structure with the box 20 of the printing machine 50 being installed to the first embodiment.
As shown in figure 33, fixture 690 not to have bar 80 along comprising-the direction of the X-direction vector components elastic component of exerting pressure to bar 80.But bar 80 is designed to, by its static load, the first equipment side locking surface 811 is navigated to the first lock position 810L, the first box side chain of box 20 is made to stop first equipment side locking surface 811 lockings of surface 211 by bar 80.
The printing machine 50a of the second embodiment has the beneficial effect similar with the printing machine 50 of the first embodiment.In addition, the structure without the fixture 690 of elastic component reduces the possibility that fixture 690 damages or breaks, and reduces the sum of parts, to reduce the manufacturing cost of printing machine 50a.
C. the 3rd embodiment:
Figure 34 shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of the box 20b according to the 3rd embodiment.The difference of the box 20 (Fig. 7) of itself and the first embodiment is the size of box 20b.In addition the box 20b of the 3rd embodiment has identical structure with the box 20 of the first embodiment.Similar element is represented by similar reference numerals, and does not have specific explanations here.The printing machine of the 3rd embodiment is applicable to box 20b, but has identical structure with the keeper 60 of the first embodiment with each component (such as, bar 80) be arranged on keeper 60.
Box 20b has the size larger than the box 20 of the first embodiment, and can hold more substantial ink.Box 20b is installed to the box mounting structure that can carry out the large ink-jet printer printed to large paper (such as, size A2 to A0).Box 20b by along as installation direction SD-Z-direction is installed to the box mounting structure of large ink-jet printer.According to this embodiment ,-Z-direction is horizontal aspect.Be installed in the installment state of box mounting structure at box 20b, X-direction is vertical direction.More specifically ,+X-direction is direction straight up, and-X-direction is direction straight down.
D. the modification of box structure:
Figure 35 to Figure 37 shows the modification of box structure.These boxes designed to be used and the printing machine according to the printing machine 50 of the first embodiment with identical structure.These boxes element similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment is represented by similar Reference numeral.
D-1. the modification of box profile:
Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H shows the concept map of the box profile according to other embodiments.Box 20c shown in Figure 35 A has the housing of ellipse or oraloid.Box 20c has the first box side restricted part 210 and the circuit board 40 be arranged on front.Ink feed structure 280 is formed in the bottom surface of box 20c, and the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on the back side of box 20c.When from its front face side observation box 20c, this box 20c has fixed width.Box 20 shown in this box 20c and Fig. 7 is compatible, as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are constructed to be connected with the appropriate section in Figure 50.
Box 20d shown in Figure 35 B has the approximate rectangular parallelepiped shape similar with the box 20 in Fig. 7.The large difference of the box 20 of itself and Fig. 7 is that octahedral 208 is not continuous from the lower end in the 3rd face 203.Similar with box 20d in shape and design of box 201 shown in Figure 35 G, but the first box side restricted part 210 is disposed in the position closer to terminal support structure 408.Box 20e and 20f shown in Figure 35 C and 35D does not have the 7th of being included in the box 20 of Fig. 7.Box 20g shown in Figure 35 E has the circuit board 40 be arranged on by means of screw on octahedral 208.Box 20h shown in Figure 35 F has and to be fixed by hinge or otherwise moveable face 208h, replace octahedral 208, and circuit board 40 is installed on movable surface 208h.While box 20h is installed on printing machine, movable surface 208h moves to the position indicated by solid line from the position indicated by dotted line.Once box 20h is properly installed in printing machine and movable surface 208h is in the position indicated by solid line, the contact portion of the terminal on circuit board 40 is arranged on contact portion plane TP.These boxes 20c to 20g is also compatible with the box 20 in Fig. 7, as long as the first and second box side restricted parts 210 and 220, circuit board 40 and ink feed structure 280 are constructed to be connected with the appropriate section in printing machine 50.Box 20m shown in Figure 35 H has elongated members 211a, its be connected with the first box side restricted part 210 at one end and can be connected with the top 202 of box 20m by pivot via hinge or other at other end place.Although terminal has smooth shape in the embodiment above, terminal can be lengthwise, linear or other shapes.Such as, Figure 35 I shows the embodiment of lengthwise terminal 400n, and wherein when box 20j is installed in printing machine, contact portion cp is aligned on contact portion plane TP.In the embodiment shown in Figure 35 J, box 20j comprises the contact mechanism 70j with the equipment side contact mechanism 70 shown in Figure 18 with basic same configuration (comprising the structure of terminal).Contact mechanism 70j has flexible terminal, and this flexible terminal has contact portion, and when box 20j is installed in printing machine, this contact portion contacts with the equipment side terminal 700 of contact mechanism 70 and is substantially arranged on contact portion plane TP.Not in the embodiment of even shape at the wherein terminal of such as Figure 35 I and 35J, " terminal support structure " and " chamfered surface " is considered to be considered to the part that box terminal supports contact portion, and therefore with by contact portion plane TP represents.Equally, first box side restricted part 210 be positioned at compared to the position contacted with the 3rd face 203 closer to contact portion plane TP close to following cross part and closer to contact portion cp itself with the part that equipment side lever engages: the cross part in (1) end face 202 and front 203, (2) cross part of the elongated surfaces of the another one in the one in end face 202 and front 203 and end face 202 and front 203, or (3) cross part (such as when box body has end face as formed thereby in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D and bottom surface) of end face 202 and the elongated surfaces both front 203.In the embodiment of Figure 35 J, the circuit board 40j of box 20j be positioned in contact mechanism 70j inside and through the direct contact of contact mechanism 70j to contact contact mechanism 70.
As by the example institute easy understand of Figure 35 A to Figure 35 H, there are other modifications various of box profile.When box has other shapes except approximate rectangular parallelepiped, as shown in the dotted line in Figure 35 A and Figure 35 D, six faces of rectangular parallelepiped protrusion part, that is, bottom surface 201 (first surface), end face 202 (the second face), front 203 (the 3rd face), the back side 204 (fourth face), left surface 205 (the 5th face) and right flank 206 (the 6th face) can be vertical.In it illustrates, term " face " and " plane " virtual plane as shown in Figure 35 A or Figure 35 D of expression or non-existent (imagination) plane and physical plane as shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8.Term " face " and " plane " comprise surface and the curved surface of plane.
D-2. there is the box of adapter:
Figure 36 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20i of the adapter had according to an embodiment.This box 20i can be separated into the container assemblies 200i and adapter 299 that comprise ink chamber 200, can be fitted to and come together to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment after them.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user replaces container assemblies 200i with new container assemblies or is filled in container assemblies 200i by printing material.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20i and Fig. 7 is compatible.
Housing 22i for box 20i is configured to the combination of the housing of container assemblies 200i and the housing for adapter 299i.Container assemblies 200i comprises the ink chamber 200 being constructed to accommodation ink, the printing material flow path 282 and the resin foam 284 that are constructed to provide to ink feed structure ink or printing material.Container assemblies 200i has second 202i corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i.Container assemblies 200i also has corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20i and the three to the octahedral 203-208 respectively first surface 201i, the 3rd 203i, fourth face 204i, the 5th (not shown), the 6th 206i, the 7th 207i and octahedral 208i.First surface 201i and second 202i in the Z-axis direction toward each other; First surface 201i is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and second 202i be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203i and fourth face 204i in the X-axis direction toward each other; 3rd 203i be positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204i be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th (not shown) and the 6th face 206 are in the Y-axis direction toward each other; 5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and the 6th 206i be positioned at+Y direction side on.7th 207i is formed first surface 201i and the 3rd joint face that 203i is connected with octahedral 208i.7th 207i is vertical with first surface 201i, and forms the plane parallel with Z axis (YZ plane) with Y-axis.The 7th 207i as ladder becomes vertical angles relative to first surface 201i.Therefore 7th 207i extend from first surface 201i along+Z-direction.7th 207i be positioned at octahedral 208i-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th 207i is connected with the 3rd 203i by octahedral 208i, and be to comprising+chamfered surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208i tilts to first surface 201i and the 3rd 203i, and vertical with the 6th 206i with the 5th (not shown).In other words, octahedral 208i to XY plane and YZ planar tilt, and with XZ plane orthogonal.
Adapter 299 has the face corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20i, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204, the 5th face 205, the 6th face 206, the 7th face 207 and octahedral 208.The face corresponding with second face 202 of box 20i of adapter 299 is openings.Adapter 299 has inner space, with receiving vessel assembly 200i.The first surface 201 of adapter 299 has ink feed structure 280.In addition, box 20i has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or does not have some and change.First box side restricted part 210 can as shown in figure 36 on adapter 299, or on container assemblies 200i (not shown).The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 does not need all on container assemblies 200i or adapter 299, but one can on container assemblies 200i and another one can on adapter 299.Therefore box 20i can be constructed to the combination of container assemblies 200i and adapter 299, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20j of the adapter had according to another embodiment.This box 20j is separated into the container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j that comprise ink chamber 200, and they can be incorporated into together to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment afterwards.After printing material in ink chamber 200 is exhausted, user replaces container assemblies 200j with new container assemblies or is filled in container assemblies 200j by printing material.Adapter 299 can be reused.The box 20i of the first embodiment shown in box 20j and Fig. 7 is compatible.
Housing 22j for box 20j is configured to the combination of the housing of container assemblies 200j and the housing for adapter 299j.Container assemblies 200j comprises the ink chamber 200 and ink feed structure 280 that are constructed to hold ink.Container assemblies 200j has second 202j and six 206j corresponding with second face 202 of box 20j and the 6th face 206.Container assemblies 200j also has corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20i, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204, the 5th face 205, the 7th face 207 and octahedral 208 respectively first surface 201j, the 3rd 203j, fourth face 204j, the 5th (not shown), the 7th 207j and octahedral 208j.First surface 201j and second 202j in the Z-axis direction toward each other; First surface 201j is positioned at-Z-direction side on, and second 202j be positioned at+Z-direction side on.3rd 203j and fourth face 204j in the X-axis direction toward each other; 3rd 203j be positioned at+X-direction side on, and fourth face 204j be positioned at-X-direction side on.5th (not shown) and the 6th face 206 are in the Y-axis direction toward each other; 5th (not shown) be positioned at-Y direction side on, and the 6th 206j be positioned at+Y direction side on.7th 207j is formed first surface 201j and the 3rd joint face that 203j is connected with octahedral 208j.7th 207j is vertical with first surface 201j, and forms the plane parallel with Z axis (YZ plane) with Y-axis.The 7th 207j as ladder becomes vertical angles relative to first surface 201j.Therefore 7th 207j extend from first surface 201j along+Z-direction.7th 207j be positioned at octahedral 208j-X-direction side and-Z-direction side on.7th 207j is connected with the 3rd 203j by octahedral 208j, and be to comprising+chamfered surface that tilts of the direction of X-direction vector components and-Z-direction vector components.Octahedral 208j tilts to first surface 201j and the 3rd 203j, and vertical with the 6th 206j with the 5th (not shown).In other words, octahedral 208j to XY plane and YZ planar tilt, and with XZ plane orthogonal.
Adapter 299j has the face corresponding with the first surface 201 of box 20j, the 3rd face 203, fourth face 204 and the 5th face 205.Second face 202 of the formation box 20j of adapter 299 and the face in the 6th face 206 are openings.Adapter 299j has inner space, with receiving vessel assembly 200j.Adapter 299j also has opening in a part for first surface 201.The ink feed structure 280 be arranged in container assemblies 200j is exposed to the opening be arranged on the first surface 201 of adapter 299j, and is connected with printing material supply pipe 640 (Fig. 2).Box 20j has first box side restricted part 210 simpler than the first example structure (Fig. 7), but can have the mutually isostructural first box side restricted part 210 with the first embodiment (Fig. 7).Or the first box side restricted part 210 can be a part of adapter 299j or a part of (not shown) of container assemblies 200j as shown in figure 37.Similarly, circuit board 40 can (not shown) on adapter 299j or on container assemblies 200j as shown in figure 37.The location of the first box side restricted part 210 and circuit board 40 does not need all on container assemblies 200j or adapter 299j, but one can on container assemblies 200j and another one can on adapter 299j.Box 20j has the 3rd face 203 and the fourth face 204 compared to the 3rd face 203 of the first embodiment and fourth face 204 with more low clearance (shorter Z-direction length), but can have the 3rd face 203 and the fourth face 204 compared to the first embodiment with phase co-altitude (identical Z-direction length).Box 20j does not have jut 260, but can have the jut 260 similar with the first embodiment.In addition, box 20j has the structure similar to the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or does not have some and change.Therefore box 20j can be constructed to the combination of container assemblies 200j and adapter 299j, as mentioned above.
Figure 37 B show construct similarly with the box shown in the embodiment of Fig. 7 and 20p.But the difference of this embodiment is that box 20p is divided into adapter 299p and ink chamber 200p.Before box 20p is installed to printing machine, adapter 299p is fitted on the end 201p (being illustrated by the broken lines) of ink chamber 200p.Equally, terminal 400p is formed directly on the surface of adapter 299p.When terminal forms on a planar surface (as on the surface on the surface of the box in the present embodiment or as circuit board in an embodiment), the plane surface it forming terminal can be considered to " chamfered surface " or " terminal area supported ".
Figure 38 shows the stereogram of the structure of the box 20k of the adapter had according to another embodiment.Box 20k comprises adapter 299k, outer pot 200T, pipeline 200L and minor adaptations 200S, and they can all be fitted together, to be installed in the keeper of printing equipment.Adapter 299k has identical structure with the adapter 299j above described with reference to Figure 37.Outer pot 200T holds printing material and is positioned at the outside of printing machine 50 as shown in Figure 1.Minor adaptations 200S has ink feed structure 280k.Pipeline 200L is used to printing material to be fed to minor adaptations 200S from outer pot 200T.Outer pot 200T, minor adaptations 200S and pipeline 200L are used as container assemblies 200k, and it is constructed to hold ink or printing material.As shown in the dotted line in Figure 38, the box 20k of the present embodiment is considered to have container assemblies 200k thus.Therefore the box 20k of the present embodiment can be separated into container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, similar with the box 20j shown in box 20i and Figure 37 shown in Figure 36.After printing material in outer pot 200T is used up, user can replace outer pot 200T or is filled in outer pot 200T by printing material by new outer pot.Adapter 299k can reuse.The box 20 of the first embodiment shown in box 20k and Fig. 7 is compatible.
The housing 22k of box 20k is configured to the combination of the housing of virtual container assembly 200k and the housing for adapter 299k.The structure of virtual container assembly 200k and the structure of adapter 299k and the similar of the box 20j above described with reference to Figure 37, have or do not have some and change.In addition, box 20k has the structure similar with the box 20 of the first embodiment shown in Fig. 7, has or do not have some changes.Therefore box 20k can be consisted of the combination of container assemblies 200k and adapter 299k, as mentioned above.
E. the modification of bar:
According to above embodiment, elastic component 682 is arranged discretely by with bar 80 (Figure 22).Bar 80 can be made up of elastic variable material.The modification of bar is described with reference to Figure 39 and Figure 40.
Figure 39 A and Figure 39 B illustrates the structure of the bar 80a according to a modification.Figure 39 A shows the stereogram of the outward appearance of bar 80a, and Figure 39 B shows the side view of the outward appearance of bar 80a.Itself and the difference of the bar 80 of the first embodiment be bar 80a have extraly can elastic deformation arm member 890, have different shapes control member 830a and do not comprise groove 870.In addition, bar 80a with according to the bar 80 (Figure 19) of the first embodiment, there is similar structures.Bar 80a is made up of synthetic resin (such as polypropylene).
Figure 40 shows and box 20 is installed to keeper 60a.According to this embodiment, box 20 has the first box side restricted part 210a, and does not have Part II 214 (Figure 12).The axis body 850 of bar 80a is installed to the first equipment side wall member 630.When bar 80a rotates around axis body 850, arm member 890a against the jut 603t of a part being formed as the first equipment side side wall member 603, with elastic deformation.
F. the modification of box side terminal:
Figure 41 A to Figure 41 C shows the modification of terminal shape on circuit boards.The difference of itself and the circuit board shown in Figure 10 A 40 is that circuit board 40c-40e has difform terminal 431-439.Each terminal on circuit board 40c shown in Figure 41 A and the circuit board 40d shown in Figure 41 B has irregularly shaped, instead of according to the approximate rectangular shape (Figure 10 A) of the first embodiment.In the circuit board 40e shown in Figure 41 C, nine terminal 431-439 arrange on one wire, wherein, detection terminal is installed detection terminal 435 and 439 is installed is positioned at two ends, and detection terminal 431 and 439 is installed lays respectively at and install between detection terminal 435 and power supply terminal 436 and install between detection terminal 439 and data terminal 438.In these circuit boards 40c to 40e, the contact portion cp of these terminals 431-439 (it contacts with the equipment side terminal corresponding to these terminals 431-439) has the layout identical with the box side terminal 400 shown in Figure 10 A.Each terminal can have the shape of various change, as long as contact portion cp has identical set.
G. other modifications:
Above specifically describe the present invention with reference to illustrated embodiment.But the present invention is not limited to above embodiment, but can make various changes and modifications embodiment, and not exceed scope of the present invention.Some examples of these possibility modifications are described hereinafter.
G-1. the first modification:
According to above embodiment, the second box side restricted part 220 is arranged on fourth face 204, but can suitably be omitted.Such as, when having relative little gap between box 20 and each groove of keeper 60, by fourth face 204 all or in part with the second equipment side side wall member 604 against, can the motion of fourth face 204 side in+Z-direction of constrained box 20, and do not need the second box side restricted part 220.According to another embodiment, the elastic component be such as made up of rubber can be arranged between the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.The friction that the motion in+Z-direction of fourth face 204 side of box 20 can be leant by elastic component and the fourth face 204 of box 20 and the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60 limits.This elastic component can be the component be separated with box 20 or keeper 60, or can engage with the fourth face 204 of box 20, or engages with the second equipment side side wall member 604 of keeper 60.In the application without the second box side restricted part 220, the second equipment side limiting element 620 be arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 (Figure 15) also can be omitted.
Second box side restricted part 220 is the juts according to above embodiment, but can have another kind of form, such as depressed part.In rear one application, the second equipment side limiting element 620 be arranged in the second equipment side side wall member 604 can be jut.According to another embodiment, keeper 60 can be extra component, and it is constructed to exert pressure to fourth face 204 side in the second face 202 of box 20 in-Z-direction.Such as, keeper 60 can have slidably rod component.After box 20 is disposed in box room 602, can be exerted pressure by rod component in fourth face 204 side in the second face 202 of box 20.
G-2. the second modification:
First box side restricted part 210 is arranged on close to the position according to the cross part 295 of above embodiment, but the optional position that can be arranged in the scope 40Y on the 3rd face 203, or the outside (Figure 12) that can be extended scope 40Y.First box side restricted part 210 is positioned in scope 40 direction making it possible to adjust chamfered surface subtly He be installed to the box side terminal on it.Which ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
G-3. the 3rd modification:
According to above embodiment, as shown in figure 22, bar 80 has a pair axis body 850, and fixture 690 has supporting member 654.According to another embodiment, bar 80 can have supporting member, and fixture 690 can have axis body.According to above embodiment, bar 80 and the fixture 690 comprising the second fixed component 680 are used and are installed to keeper 60, with the assembling with printing machine.But fixture 690 is dispensable.According to another embodiment, supporting member can form with the outer wall 603W of keeper 60, to receive and fixed bar 80.
G-4. the 4th modification:
As mentioned above, the present invention is not limited to ink-jet printer and its print cartridge, but can be applied to and be constructed to the liquid of injection except ink and the various liquid injection devices of liquid container thereof, such as, but be not limited to the liquid injection device hereinafter provided and their liquid container:
1. image recorder, such as facsimile machine;
2. color material spraying equipment, it manufactures the colored filter being used for image display device (such as, liquid crystal display);
3. electrode material spraying equipment, it is for the formation of the electrode of such as organic EL (electroluminescent) display and Field Emission Display (FED);
4. liquid injection device, it is constructed to spray the liquid containing bio-organic materials for the manufacture of biochip;
5. for the sample spraying equipment of accurate pipette;
6. lubricating oil spray appliance;
7. resin solution spray appliance;
8. liquid spraying device, it sprays lubricating oil minutely for pole in the accurate mechanical processing comprising wrist-watch and camera;
9. liquid injection device, it is constructed to the numerical value solution of such as UV-cured resin solution to be ejected on substrate, to manufacture the hemispherical microlenses (pellicle mirror) for such as optical communication element;
10. liquid spraying device, it is constructed to spray acid or alkaline etch solution, to etch substrate; And
11. (11) liquid injection devices, it is equipped with the jet head liquid for spraying the another kind of drop of the very small size of liquid arbitrarily.
" liquid drop " represents the state of the liquid sprayed from liquid injection device, and can be grain shape, tear-drop shape or gradually thin wire shape.Here " liquid " can be any material that can be sprayed by liquid injection device." liquid " can make any material being in liquid phase.Such as, the liquid material of high flow rate or low flow velocity, colloidal sol, gel water, various inorganic solvent and organic solvent, solution, liquid resin and liquid metals (metal melt thing) are all included in " liquid "." liquid " is not limited to the liquid state of one of material three kinds of states, but comprises the solution of functional solid-state material particle, dispersion and mixture, such as dissolves, disperses or mix dye granule in a solvent or metallic particles.The typical case of liquid comprises the ink and liquid crystal that describe in the embodiment above." ink " comprises general water-based ink and oil base ink, and various liquid component, such as gelinite ink and hot melt solution ink, but is not limited to these.
G-5. the 5th modification:
The present invention can have been come by following change case.Symbol in bracket in each change case after each key element corresponds to the symbol of each key element described in a first embodiment.
G-5-1. the first change case:
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the first surface (201) being arranged as the outer surface forming box, and first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); 3rd (203), it is arranged to has and one side that second (202) are connected (191) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first surface (201) and second (202) by relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to and is connected with second (202) by first surface (201); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and is formed first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and goes up and bar (80) locking be arranged in by printing equipment (50) in installment state, and constrained box (20) motion on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box side restricted part 210 is arranged on the position close to box side terminal (400).
G-5-2. the second change case:
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the first surface (201) being arranged as the outer surface forming box, and first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); 3rd (203), it is arranged to has and one side that second (202) are connected (191) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first surface (201) and second (202) by relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to and is connected with second (202) by first surface (201); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and is formed first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged under box (20) is installed to the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and goes up and be arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and constrained box (20) motion on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to close (291) position closer to another side (290).
G-5-3. the 3rd change case:
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the first surface (201) being arranged as the outer surface forming box, and first surface (201) has the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); 3rd (203), it is arranged to has and one side that second (202) are connected (191) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first surface (201) and second (202) by relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and first surface (201) and second (202) are in an opposite direction toward each other; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged to and is connected with second (202) by first surface (201); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and is formed first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged under box (20) is installed to the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and goes up and be arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and constrained box (20) motion on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on compared to close (291) position closer to another side (290).
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, any one in the first to the three change case advantageously prevent the position mispairing of box side terminal relative to printing equipment, and guarantees that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected thus.In any one in the first to the three change case, when in relative direction (Z-direction) from the direction of first surface side direction second side being in the mounted state+Z-direction and be from second side to the direction of first surface side-Z-direction time, the first box side restricted part be preferably located in the rotating shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
G-5-4. the 4th change case
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the ink feed structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Box side terminal (400), it is arranged under box (20) is installed to the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (210), it is positioned at box side terminal (400) same side and is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), and constrained box (20) motion on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, the first box side restricted part (210) is arranged on the position close to box side terminal (700).
When upwards direction of exerting pressure be+Z-direction and upwards the rightabout of direction of exerting pressure be-Z-direction time, the first box side restricted part be preferably located in the rotating shaft of bar-Z-direction side on.
Similar with above-mentioned first embodiment, the 4th change case advantageously prevent the position mispairing of box side terminal relative to printing equipment, and guarantees that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected thus.
G-6. the 6th modification
The present invention can have been come by following change case.Symbol in bracket in each change case after each key element corresponds to the symbol of each key element described in a first embodiment.
G-6-1. the first change case:
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the first surface (201) being arranged as the outer surface forming box, and first surface (201) has the printing material Supply Structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Second (202) relative with first surface (201); 3rd (203), it is arranged to has and one side that second (202) are connected (191) and the another side (290) contrary with (291) on one side, 3rd (203) are positioned between first surface (201) and second (202) by relative to relative direction (Z-direction), and relative direction is first surface (201) and second (202) direction respect to one another in the direction in which; With the 3rd fourth face that (203) are relative (204), fourth face (204) is arranged and intersects with first surface (201) and second (202); 5th (205), it is arranged to and intersects with first surface (201), second (202), the 3rd (203) and fourth face (204); The 6th (206) relative with the 5th (205); Angle part (265), it is arranged as and is formed first surface (201) and the 3rd outer surface that (203) are connected (265); Be arranged on the box side terminal (400) on angle part (265), box side terminal (400) is arranged in box (20) and is installed in the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (210), it is arranged on the 3rd (203) and goes up and bar (80) locking be arranged in by printing equipment (50) in installment state, and constrained box (20) motion on the direction of upwards exerting pressure thus, wherein, relative to the relative direction (Y direction) of the 5th (205) and the 6th (206), the first box side restricted part 210 be not positioned at wherein be provided with box side terminal (400) scope outside but be positioned at inside it.
G-6-2. the second change case:
The box (20) that one is releasably attached to printing equipment (50) comprising: the printing material Supply Structure (280) be connected with printing equipment; Box side terminal (400), it is arranged on the outer surface of box (20), and box side terminal (400) is arranged under box (20) is installed to the installment state of printing equipment (50) and receives the external force of upwards exerting pressure to box (20) from the equipment side terminal (700) of printing equipment (50); And first box side restricted part (211), it is positioned at on the outer surface of box side terminal (400) same side, first box side restricted part (211) is arranged in the mounted state by bar (80) locking of printing equipment (50), with the motion of constrained box (20) in the direction of upwards exerting pressure (+Z-direction), wherein, relative to the width of box, the first box side restricted part (211) is not positioned at the outside of the scope (40Y) being wherein provided with box side terminal (400) but is positioned at inside it.According to the first or second change case, box side terminal is from equipment side terminal reception along the power of upwards direction of exerting pressure.This makes it possible to surprisingly to adjust the direction of the part being provided with box side terminal and ensure that the stable electrical between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.According to the first or second change case, preferably the first box side restricted part is positioned at the below of the rotating shaft of bar.Here term " below " such as corresponds to-Z-direction or the direction contrary with upwards direction of exerting pressure.
G-7. the 7th modification:
The present invention can have been come by following description and change.Symbol in bracket in each description after each key element corresponds to the symbol of each key element described in a first embodiment.
G-7-1. the first change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) be releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to, when print cartridge (20) is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component (731-739), elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), during to be installed to when print cartridge (20) on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when when front portion (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-2. the second change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) be releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to, when print cartridge (20) is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component (731-739), elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), form component (731-739) with the contact of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) during to be installed to when print cartridge (20) on printing equipment (50) contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, terminal plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) of leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when when front portion (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-7-3. the 3rd change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) be releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to, when print cartridge (20) is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component (731-739), elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, contact portion (cp) is suitable for and is disposed in contact portion structure (408), during to be installed to when print cartridge (20) on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) of leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when when first surface (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-4. the 4th change case
One is suitable for the print cartridge (20) be releasably attached on ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is constructed and arranged to, when print cartridge (20) is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component (731-739), elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with be installed to when print cartridge (20) printing equipment (50) upper time form component (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular yet, print cartridge is promoted along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD) by the vector components forming the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) from equipment side contact, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Print cartridge as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Print cartridge as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Print cartridge as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Print cartridge as above, wherein, when when first surface (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Print cartridge as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-5. the 5th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: multiple equipment side contact forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it, and there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810), print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, electronic installation, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), form component (731-739) with contact portion (cp) place in terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular yet, and first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when when front portion (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-7-6. the 6th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: multiple equipment side contact forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it; And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises front portion (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other; Electronic installation; For holding the ink chamber (200) of ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at bottom (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the front portion (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to form component (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, and terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular yet; And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing front portion (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when when front portion (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-7. the 7th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: multiple equipment side contact forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it, and there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810), print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other, for holding the ink chamber (200) of ink, electronic installation, ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20), terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), form component (731-739) with contact portion (cp) place in terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular yet, and first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when when first surface (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-8. the 8th change case
The combination of a part for a kind of print cartridge (20) and ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this combination comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), this part comprises: multiple equipment side contact forms component (731-739), and elastic force (Pt) is applied to print cartridge (20) by it; And there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810); Print cartridge (20), print cartridge (20) comprising: box body (22), it comprises first surface (203), second surface (204), the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201), first surface (203) and second surface (204) toward each other and the 3rd surface (202) and the 4th surface (201) toward each other; For holding the ink chamber (200) of ink; Electronic installation; Ink feed structure (280), it is positioned at the 4th surface (201) place of box body (22), be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of print cartridge (20); Terminal support structure (408), it orientates the first surface (203) of immediately box body (22) as, terminal support structure (408) has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is on terminal support structure (408), to form component (731-739) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, and terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular yet; And first restricted part (210), it comprises the bonding part (212) engaged with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of print cartridge (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Combination as above, wherein, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Combination as above, wherein, when observing first surface (203) of box body (20) under ink feed structure (280) prone state, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When print cartridge is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400), print cartridge can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Combination as above, also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the second surface (204) of print cartridge (20), this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and ink feed structure (280) prone those unilateral observation print cartridge (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and prone that side (203) of ink feed structure (280) observes print cartridge (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and ink feed structure prone that unilateral observation print cartridge time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Combination as above, wherein, when when first surface (203) of the prone state observation box body (22) of ink feed structure (280), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of print cartridge (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of print cartridge, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Combination as above, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with the 4th surface (201).
G-7-9. the 9th change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), and ink supply system comprises: electronic installation, for storing the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP), terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), with when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the vector components forming the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) from equipment side contact is made to promote ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane ink supply system by ink feed to neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular time printing equipment (50) yet.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system, if excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), can there is enough inclinations, multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and front portion (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other, with rear portion (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), and first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, with second surface (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than when ink supply system is by the distance (C) ink feed to the pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) time printing equipment (50).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) on right side and ink feed structure (280) faces down time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane is downward time, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.In addition, the possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of main body (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of main body, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at upper and ink chamber (200) of ink chamber (200) and is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-10. the tenth change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), ink-jet printing apparatus (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), and ink supply system comprises: electronic installation, for storing the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP), terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is suitable for and is disposed on terminal support structure (408), ink feed is formed component (731-739) to time printing equipment (50) and contacts and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting when ink supply system, the vector components forming the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) from equipment side contact is made to promote ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), and first restricted part (210), it comprises the bonding part (212) being suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), to limit the motion of terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane ink supply system by ink feed to neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular time printing equipment (50) yet.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system, if excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400), can be there is enough inclinations in print cartridge, multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and front portion (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other, with rear portion (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), and first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, with second surface (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) is suitable for and is constructed to engage with the various piece of ink-jet printing apparatus (50) (620), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Change case 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than when ink supply system is by the distance (C) ink feed to the pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) time printing equipment (50).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for limiting.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) on right side and ink feed structure (280) faces down time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane is downward time, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.In addition, the possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of main body (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of main body, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at upper and ink chamber (200) of ink chamber (200) and is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-11. the 11 change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739) and have the bar (80) of bonding part (810), electronic installation, for storing the ink chamber (200) of ink, ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP), terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the vector components forming the elastic force (Pt) of component (731-739) from equipment side contact is made to promote ink chamber (200) along the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), and first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the motion of terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and contact portion (cp) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane ink supply system by ink feed to neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular time printing equipment (50) yet.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400).
When ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system, if excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), can there is enough inclinations, multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and front portion (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other, with rear portion (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the front portion (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), and first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, with second surface (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) ink feed to the pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) time printing equipment (50) at ink supply system.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be less than ink supply system by ink feed to distance the pivotal point of bar during printing equipment and the plane limited by leading edge time, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) on right side and ink feed structure (280) faces down time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane is downward time, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.In addition, the possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of main body (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of main body, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at upper and ink chamber (200) of ink chamber (200) and is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom surface (201).
G-7-12. the 12 change case
One is suitable for the ink supply system of ink feed to a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), system comprises: a part for ink-jet printing apparatus (50), and this part comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739) and have the bar (80) of bonding part (810); Electronic installation; For storing the ink chamber (200) of ink; Ink feed structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to ink to be fed to ink-jet printing apparatus (50) from ink chamber (200), ink feed structure (280) has installation direction (SD) leading edge (288), and leading edge defines plane (BP); Terminal support structure (408), it has the multiple conductance electric terminals (400) be connected with electronic installation, and ink feed is formed component (731-739) to time printing equipment (50) and contacts and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting at ink supply system by terminal (400); And first restricted part (210), it engages with the bonding part (810) of bar (80), to limit the motion of terminal support structure (408) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD); Wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure (408) as, and terminal (400) is arranged in terminal plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane ink supply system by ink feed to neither parallel with the plane of leading edge (288) not perpendicular time printing equipment (50) yet.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 7th modification will be described now.While print cartridge is installed on printing machine, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing machine.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientates adjacent terminal supporting structure as, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of ink, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the terminal plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing machine.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing machine terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing machine terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing machine, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing machine side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing machine side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing machine by box when the joint between the first restricted part and printing machine bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing machine, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, terminal plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when terminal plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Ink supply system as above, wherein, when ink is provided to printing equipment (50) by ink supply system, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400) and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400).
When ink is provided to printing equipment by ink supply system, if excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of multiple terminal (400), can there is enough inclinations, multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises front portion (203) and rear portion (204), and front portion (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other, with the back side (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the front (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 4
Ink supply system as above, also comprises: main body (22), and it comprises first surface (203) and second surface (204), and first surface (203) and second surface (204) are toward each other, with second surface (204) second restricted part (220) immediately of main body (22), the first surface (203) of terminal support structure (408) and main body (22) immediately, this second restricted part (220) engages with the various piece (620) of ink-jet printing apparatus (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first side restricted part departs from from printing machine bonding part.
Adaptations 5
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) ink feed to the pivotal point (800c) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) of bar (80) time printing equipment (50) at ink supply system.
Distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge be less than ink supply system by ink feed to distance the pivotal point of bar during printing equipment and the plane limited by leading edge time, bar is used for constrained motion.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is formed component applying from contact, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Ink supply system as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and when ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment (50), the first restricted part (210) bonding part (212) on right side and ink feed structure (280) faces down time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When ink supply system ink is provided to printing equipment, the first restricted part bonding part in the left side of the pivotal point of bar and the bonding part of the first restricted part on right side and ink feed structural plane is downward time, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.In addition, the possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 7
Ink supply system as above, also comprise the main body (22) of immediately terminal support structure (408), when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially generally within the width midway place of main body (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of main body, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299), wherein, ink feed structure (280), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299), and ink chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299).
Adaptations 9
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299j), wherein, terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299j), and ink feed structure (280) is positioned at upper and ink chamber (200) of ink chamber (200) and is suitable for and is constructed to coordinate with adapter (299j).
Adaptations 10
Ink supply system as above, also comprise adapter (299k), ink tank (200T) outside ink-jet printing apparatus (50), pipeline (200L) and minor adaptations (200S), wherein, ink feed structure (280) is positioned on minor adaptations (200S), terminal support structure (408) and the first restricted part (210) are positioned on adapter (299k), and when ink supply system by ink feed to printing equipment (50) time, ink is fed to minor adaptations (200S) from outer pot (200T) by pipeline (200L).
Adaptations 11
Ink supply system as above, also comprise main body (22), main body comprises top (202) and bottom (201), top (202) and bottom (201) are toward each other, wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
G-8. the 8th modification
The present invention can have been come by following description and change.Symbol in bracket in each description after each key element corresponds in the first embodiment or at the symbol with each key element described in the modification of the box of adapter.
G-8-1. the first change case
One is suitable for the box (20) be installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has following structure: printing equipment (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is arranged to and elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the liquid chamber (200) of receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, liquid is constructed to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and is connected with electronic installation closer to first surface (203) compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), with the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close to the 3rd (202) and first surface (203) position closer to contact portion (cp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to the 3rd and the first surface position closer to contact portion, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of liquid, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing equipment side terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing equipment side terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing equipment, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close to the position of the mid point (203p) between the cross part (295) of first surface (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and the cross part (291) of the 3rd (202) and first surface (203) closer to contact portion (cp).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to close to the position of mid point closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state during first surface (203) of observation box (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 4
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing equipment side engagement part.
Adaptations 5
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure prone that unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially when box (20) is mounted generally within the width midway place of box (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of box, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.
G-8-2. the second change case
One is suitable for the box (20) be installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is arranged to and elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the liquid chamber (200) of receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, liquid is constructed to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and is connected with electronic installation closer to first surface (203) compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), with the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on the position of the first cross part (295) intersected closer to first surface (203) and contact portion plane (TP) compared to the second cross part intersected close to the 3rd (202) and first surface (203).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the first restricted part is arranged on compared to the position of the second cross part intersected with first surface close to the 3rd closer to the first cross part of first surface and contact portion level-crossing, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of liquid, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing equipment side terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing equipment side terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing equipment, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close to the position of the mid point (203p) between the first cross part (295) and the second cross part closer to the first cross part (295).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to close to the position of mid point closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion (cp) plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state during first surface (203) of observation box (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 4
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing equipment side engagement part.
Adaptations 5
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 6
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure prone that unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially when box (20) is mounted generally within the width midway place of box (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of box, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.
G-8-3. the 3rd change case
One is suitable for the box (20) be installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment has following structure: printing equipment (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is arranged to and elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810) and pivotal point, box (20) comprising: first surface (203), second (204), 3rd (202) and fourth face (201), wherein, first surface (203) and second (204) toward each other and the 3rd (202) and fourth face (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the liquid chamber (200) of receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at fourth face (201) place, liquid is constructed to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and is connected with electronic installation closer to first surface (203) compared to close to second (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), with the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is arranged such that box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), and the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) engages with the position of bar (80) in pivotal point (800c) below being positioned at bar (80).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at the position below the pivotal point being positioned at bar, the motion of constrained box so bar has an effect.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical that thus maintaining between box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of liquid, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing equipment side terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing equipment side terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing equipment, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to close to the position of mid point closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Box as above (20), wherein, when under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state during first surface (203) of observation box (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on second (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing equipment side engagement part.
Adaptations 4
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure prone that unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation first surface (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially when box (20) is mounted generally within the width midway place of box (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of box, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 8
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with fourth face (201).
Adaptations 9
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.
G-8-4. the 4th change case
One is suitable for the box (20) be installed on printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), it is arranged to and elastic force (Pt) is applied to box (20), printing equipment (50) also comprises the bar (80) with bonding part (810), box (20) comprising: anterior (203), rear portion (204), top (202) and bottom (201), wherein, anterior (203) and rear portion (204) toward each other and top (202) and bottom (201) toward each other, electronic installation, for the liquid chamber (200) of receiving fluids, liquid Supply Structure (280), it is positioned at (201) place, bottom, liquid is constructed to be fed to printing equipment (50) from liquid chamber (200), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines the plane (BP) of box (20), conductance electric terminal (400), it is orientated as and is connected with electronic installation closer to anterior (203) compared to close to rear portion (204), terminal (400) is arranged to when box (20) is installed on printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), it is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), with the motion of constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is arranged on and is positioned at compared to close to top (202) position closer to contact portion plane (tp).
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While box is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between box and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part is positioned at compared to close to the position of top closer to contact portion position, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) close to needing most location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, and the stable electrical thus between keeping box side terminal with equipment side terminal is connected.
In addition, because bar is not combined with box, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of box.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of liquid, select the material of box.
In addition, because bar is not on box, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of box, so box can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) box being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out box further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with box one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first box side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first box side restricted part significantly.In installation or arrangement state, box can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first box side restricted part can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing equipment side terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing equipment side terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing equipment, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at compared to close to the position of the mid point (203p) between the cross part of anterior (203) and contact portion plane (TP) and the cross part of top (202) and front portion (203) closer to contact portion (cp).
By being attached to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to close to the position of mid point closer to contact portion, above-mentioned advantage can be brought well.
Adaptations 2
Box as above (20), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 3
Box as above (20), wherein, when under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state during front portion (203) of observation box (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 4
Box as above (20), wherein, bonding part is suitable for engaging with rotatable bar, and rotatable bar has the pivotal point of the top, bonding part (212) in the first bonding part (210).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first bonding part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Box as above (20), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing equipment side engagement part.
Adaptations 6
Box as above (20), wherein, the second restricted part (220) is suitable for when box (20) is rotated to unload from the keeper of printing equipment (50) as the pivotal point rotated.
Adaptations 7
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 8
Box as above (20), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure prone that unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 9
Box as above (20), wherein, when when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation front portion (203), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially when box (20) is mounted generally within the width midway place of box (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of box, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 10
Box as above (20), wherein, the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) flushes substantially with bottom (201).
Adaptations 11
Box as above (20), also comprise adapter (299,299j, 299k), wherein, contact portion (cp) and first restricted part (210) of terminal (400) are positioned on adapter, and liquid chamber (200) is suitable for and is constructed to and adapters co-operate.
Adaptations 12
The use of box as above (20), wherein, the bonding part of box (20) and the movable bar (80) of printing equipment (50) engage in the mode making bar (80) and have the pivotal point of side on the engagement portion.
Adaptations 13
The combination of a kind of box (20) and printing equipment (50), this combination comprises: box as above; And printing equipment (50), it comprises multiple equipment side contacts elastic force (Pt) being applied to box (20) and forms component (731-739), and there is the bar (80) of bonding part (810), this bonding part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20), with the movement of constrained box (20) on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD).
Adaptations 14
Combination as above, wherein, bar (80) has two ends and the pivotal point (800c) in the middle of two ends, and the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the top, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point above the bonding part of the first restricted part, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 15
Combination as above, wherein, the pivotal point (800c) of bar (80) is arranged on the right side, bonding part (212) of first restricted part (210) of box (20).
When rotatable bar has the pivotal point on the right side of the bonding part of the first restricted part of box, the first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
G-8-5. the 5th change case
One is suitable for the liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) supplying liquid to printing equipment (50), printing equipment (50) comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component (731-739), and liquid delivery system (20i, 20j, 20k) comprising: electronic installation, fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T), liquid Supply Structure (280), it is suitable for and is constructed to liquid to be fed to printing equipment (50) from fluid supply (200i, 200j, 200T), liquid Supply Structure (280) has the leading edge (288) on installation direction (SD), and leading edge defines plane (BP), adapter (299, 299j, 299k), it has: conductance electric terminal (400), it is connected with electronic installation, terminal (400) is arranged to as supply system (20i, 20j, when 20k) supplying liquid to printing equipment (50), form component (731-739) at contact portion (cp) place of terminal (400) and contact and receive elastic force (Pt) from it with contacting, the contact portion (cp) of terminal (400) is arranged in contact portion plane (TP) substantially, contact portion plane is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, and first restricted part (210), its front portion (203) being arranged on adapter is gone up and is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar (80) (810), with the motion of limit adaptation device on the direction (RD) contrary with installation direction (SD), the first restricted part (210) is orientated as with contact portion plane (TP) contiguous.
Some benefits of the above change case of the 8th modification will be described now.While adapter is installed on printing equipment, terminal can be accurately positioned and stably fix, to guarantee the reliable telecommunication between adapter and printing equipment.Because the bonding part of the first restricted part orientate as with contact portion plane immediately, so the location action of the first restricted part occurs in close to needing most the position (that is, the terminal of terminal support structure) of location.Elastic force from equipment side terminal can suitably be offset.Equally, the position of the terminal that may occur due to the vibration during printing operation is moved can be suppressed.Therefore, the location of terminal is more stable, keeps adapter side terminal to be connected with the stable electrical between equipment side terminal thus.
In addition because bar not with adapter combination, so can be different from the material for the manufacture of bar for the manufacture of the material of adapter.Equally, can not need to worry the requirement of flexible and durability and under more paying close attention to the state such as other characteristics of the durability of liquid, select the material of adapter.
In addition, because bar is not on adapter, thus for transport and the adapter that distributes encapsulation in do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar.This simplify encapsulation to require and the convenience improving use.Because bar is not the integral part of adapter, so adapter can be made less.This allows the size reducing to be used for the encapsulating material (such as paper or box) adapter being encapsulated to transport and the distribution carrying out adapter further, desirably reduces transport and component costs thus.Equally because bar not with adapter one, so compared to the structure described in such as U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811, the first adapter side restricted part can be manufactured with smaller szie and simpler structure and higher rigidity.This makes the possibility of the elastic deformation reducing the first adapter side limiting element significantly.In installation or arrangement state, adapter can be maintained at the correct position in box mounting structure, this maintains the normal or good contact between box side terminal and equipment side terminal, and reduces the possibility of poor telecommunication.Because the first adapter side limiting element can have little size and simple structure, so do not need special attention to carry out the plastic deformation of anti-stopping bar in the encapsulation for transporting with distribution box, these are different from the box in U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811.This reduce encapsulation to require and the convenience also improving use.
The bonding part of box terminal and box can be connected to each other by this structure, to become the structure (but not flexible link of U.S. Patent bulletin No.2005/0151811) of unique rigidity.In this case, less vibration is delivered to box terminal by from bonding part, and therefore telecommunication is more stable.
Because the contact portion plane (TP) of terminal is neither parallel not perpendicular with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) yet, so the surface of box terminal can by suitably wiping in process box being inserted into printing equipment.In addition, this structure reduces or eliminates printing equipment side terminal and circuit board length between the installation period of box to break (dust) apart from issuable insulation when swiping.
Because printing equipment side terminal is applied to box terminal by being included in box by the elastic force of the vector components on the direction unloaded from printing equipment, be similar at United States Patent (USP) 6 so do not need to provide, 955, the spring of the spring 103 described in 422.In other words, the elastic force from printing equipment side terminal is had an effect and together to be exerted pressure to printing equipment side terminal and box side terminal, and is also moved along the direction removed from printing equipment by box when the joint between the first restricted part and bar is removed.Therefore, do not need the situation of picture United States Patent (USP) 6,955,422 to provide additional spring like that, this makes the cost of simpler structure and reduction become possibility.
Because the first restricted part is suitable for engaging with the bonding part of bar, with the movement of constrained box on the direction contrary with installation direction, so therefore when box is installed in printing equipment, the position of box terminal will contact by equipment side the elastic force forming component and be held in place relative to installation direction, and is held in place relative to the direction contrary with installation direction by the first restricted part.Because box terminal is by this way " sandwiched ", so they are firmly fixed and can not move along installation direction and both directions contrary with installation direction.Therefore, with related U.S. patent No.7,008, being limited by circuit board 40 side in 053 is compared, and box terminal contacts with equipment side the mispairing formed between component or the possibility disconnected is less.
Adaptations 1
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, contact portion plane (TP) is relative to the angle plane (BP) Cheng Yue 25 degree to 40 degree limited by leading edge (288).
As described with reference to Figure 42 A-Figure 45, when contact portion plane becoming the angle about 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane BP limited by leading edge 288, preventing excessive wiping and can apply enough to prevent the power of half insertion.
Adaptations 2
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when under liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state during the front of observation box (20), the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is positioned at the right side of the extended line (435PL) of the left hand edge (435p) of the left side of the extended line (439PL) of the right hand edge (439p) of the rightmost side terminal (439) of multiple terminal (431-439) and the leftmost side terminal (435) of multiple terminal (431-439).
When box is installed on printing equipment, as compartmentalized box for holding assorted fruits and candies is excessively kept securely, so its contact contacting the part (terminal 734 in such as Figure 31) formed in component with equipment side may be insecure.By the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion by the first restricted part and multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of multiple terminal (400), box can sufficiently tilt, and multiple terminal is contacted with equipment side, and the electrical contact formed between component can be even more stable.
Adaptations 3
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), also be included in the second restricted part (220) on the rear portion (204) of box (20), this second restricted part (220) is suitable for engaging with the various piece of printing equipment (50), wherein, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (B) between the bonding part of the second restricted part (220) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is greater than the distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When the bonding part of the second restricted part orientates bonding part compared to the first restricted part as further from the plane limited by leading edge, compared to the bonding part of the first restricted part compared to the bonding part of the second restricted part further from the situation of the plane limited by leading edge, more effectively can reduce the possibility that the first restricted part departs from from printing equipment side engagement part.
Adaptations 4
Liquid delivery system (20i as above, 20j, 20k), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when along the orientation measurement distance vertical with the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288), distance (A) between the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288) is less than the distance (C) between the pivotal point (800c) of the bar (80) when box (20) is mounted and the plane (BP) limited by leading edge (288).
When distance between the bonding part of the first restricted part and the plane limited by leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the bar when box is mounted and the plane limited by leading edge, bar is used for the motion of constrained box.The possibility of locking or disengaging is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part and bar, produces stable electrical and connects with contacting to be formed thus, and reduce poor successional possibility at multiple terminal between component.When power is applied to mounted box from contact formation component, the first restricted part can move around the rotating shaft of bar.The possibility that the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part separates from the bonding part of bar.
Adaptations 5
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when the bonding part (212) from the first restricted part (210) to the right and liquid Supply Structure (280) prone angle views box (20) time, when box (20) is mounted, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) is in the left side of the pivotal point (800c) of bar.
When box be mounted to make when the bonding part from the first restricted part to the right and liquid Supply Structure prone that unilateral observation box time the first restricted part bonding part when the left side of the pivotal point of bar, first restricted part produces rotating torques on bar, to be rotated in the opposite direction along with releasing locking side by the rotating shaft of bar around bar.The possibility of locking is removed in the bonding part this reducing the first restricted part from the bonding part of bar, and further ensure that multiple terminal contacts the stable electrical formed between component and connects with equipment side.Even if when box reception, the first restricted part together will move with box.This movement reduces the possibility of bonding part from the bonding part releasing locking of bar of the first restricted part.
Adaptations 6
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j, 20k), wherein, when when liquid Supply Structure (280) prone state observation adapter anterior, the bonding part (212) of the first restricted part (210) at least partially when box (20) is mounted generally within the width midway place of box (20).
By the first restricted part is arranged on the bonding part that makes the first restricted part at least partially generally within the position at the width midway place of box, first restricted part is positioned at extremely near the position of multiple terminal, and multiple terminal can be made to contact with equipment side, and the electrical connection formed between component is stablized.
Adaptations 7
Liquid delivery system as above (20i, 20j), also comprises container assemblies (200i, 200j), has fluid supply wherein and is suitable for and adapters co-operate.
Adaptations 8
Liquid delivery system as above (20j), wherein, liquid Supply Structure (280) is arranged on container assemblies (200j).
Adaptations 9
Liquid delivery system as above (20k), also comprises: the tank (200T) wherein with fluid supply; There is the minor adaptations (200S) of liquid Supply Structure (280); And the pipeline (200L) that tank is connected with minor adaptations.
Be to be understood that, feature described herein can be a part for the combination of the part of box itself, box and printing equipment, or in other words, when box is installed in the system being suitable for ink or other printing materials being provided to printing equipment and/or time a part of as it, all scope of the present invention can not be deviated from.
Here the fact described about the various aspects of any part according to the present invention can be suitable for any one in above-mentioned various change case.
It will be recognized by those skilled in the art that the present invention can have many application, can be implemented in every way, and be therefore not limited to the restriction of previous embodiment and example.The feature of any number of different embodiment described herein can be incorporated into be had than in the single embodiment of the more or less feature of whole feature described herein and embodiment.In whole or in part, function also can with any known or will known mode distribute between multiple assembly.
Those skilled in the art will be appreciated that and can change for above-described embodiment, and do not deviate from the creative concept of its broad sense.Therefore, be to be understood that the present invention is not limited to disclosed specific embodiment, but its intention covers the modification in the spirit and scope of the present invention that are defined by the claims.Although having illustrate and described foundation characteristic of the present invention is applied in example embodiment, is to be understood that and disclosed form of the present invention and details can be omitted, replace and be changed by those skilled in the art, and do not deviate from scope of the present invention.In addition, as understood by a person skilled in the art, scope of the present invention covers conventionally known, the change that further develops for assembly described herein and amendment.Therefore, the present invention is only restricted to scope as defined in the claims.Should be appreciated that claim intention covers all general and specific characteristics of the present invention disclosed herein, and whole statements of scope of the present invention (it is language issues) can fall into wherein.

Claims (14)

1. one kind for being installed to the print cartridge on ink-jet printing apparatus, described ink-jet printing apparatus comprises the contact of multiple equipment side and forms component, it is constructed and arranged to, when described print cartridge is exerted pressure by equipment side contact formation component, elastic force is applied to described print cartridge, described ink-jet printing apparatus also comprises bar, described bar is suitable for moving relative to described printing equipment when described print cartridge is installed on described printing equipment, described bar has bonding part, and described print cartridge comprises:
Box body, it comprise first surface, second surface, the 3rd surface and the 4th surface, wherein, described first surface and described second surface toward each other and described 3rd surface and described 4th surface toward each other;
For holding the ink chamber of ink;
Ink feed structure, it is positioned at described 4th surface of described box body, be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to described ink-jet printing apparatus from described ink chamber, described ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
Terminal support structure and electronic installation, described terminal support structure orientates the described first surface of immediately described box body as, described terminal support structure has the multiple conductance electric terminals be connected with described electronic installation, when described print cartridge is installed on described printing equipment, described terminal is suitable for and is disposed on described terminal support structure, to form component and contact with described contact and receive elastic force from it, described terminal is arranged in terminal plane substantially, and described terminal plane is neither parallel with the plane limited by described leading edge not perpendicular yet; And
First restricted part, it comprises the bonding part being suitable for engaging with the bonding part of described bar, to limit the motion of described print cartridge on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described first restricted part orientates contiguous described terminal support structure as.
2. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, described terminal plane becomes the angle 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane limited by described leading edge.
3. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when observing the first surface of described box body under the prone state of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left hand edge of the left side of the right hand edge of the rightmost side terminal of described multiple terminal and the leftmost side terminal of described multiple terminal.
4. print cartridge according to claim 1, also be included in the second restricted part on the described second surface of described print cartridge, described second restricted part comprises and is suitable for and is constructed to the bonding part that engages with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by described leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of described second restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge is greater than the distance between the bonding part of described first restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge.
5. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part is to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by described leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of described first restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of the described bar when described box is mounted and the plane limited by described leading edge.
6. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of the first restricted part described in when described box is mounted is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
7. print cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, when when the described first surface of box body described in the prone state observation of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of the first restricted part described in when described box is mounted at least partially generally within the width midway place of described print cartridge.
8. a combination for a part for print cartridge and ink-jet printing apparatus, described combination comprises:
A part for ink-jet printing apparatus, this part comprises:
Multiple equipment side contact forms component, and elastic force is applied to described print cartridge by it; And
Bar, described bar is suitable for moving relative to described printing equipment when described print cartridge is installed on described printing equipment, and described bar has bonding part;
Print cartridge, described print cartridge comprises:
Box body, it comprise first surface, second surface, the 3rd surface and the 4th surface, wherein, described first surface and described second surface toward each other and described 3rd surface and described 4th surface toward each other;
For the ink chamber of storage ink;
Ink feed structure, it is positioned at described 4th surface of described box body, be suitable for and be constructed to ink to be fed to described ink-jet printing apparatus from described ink chamber, described ink feed structure has the leading edge on installation direction, and described leading edge defines the plane of described print cartridge;
Terminal support structure and electronic installation, described terminal support structure orientates the described first surface of immediately described box body as, described terminal support structure has the multiple conductance electric terminals be connected with described electronic installation, described terminal is on described terminal support structure, and form component in the contact site office of described terminal and contact with described contact and receive elastic force from it, described contact portion is arranged in contact portion plane substantially, and described contact portion plane is neither parallel with the plane limited by described leading edge not perpendicular yet; And
First restricted part, it comprises the bonding part engaged with the bonding part of described bar, and to limit the motion of described print cartridge on the direction contrary with described installation direction, the bonding part of described first restricted part orientates contiguous described terminal support structure as.
9. combination according to claim 8, wherein, described contact portion plane becomes the angle 25 degree to 40 degree relative to the plane limited by described leading edge.
10. combination according to claim 8, wherein, when observing the described first surface of described box body under the prone state of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described first restricted part is positioned at the right side of the left side of the rightmost side contact portion of described multiple terminal and the leftmost side contact portion of described multiple terminal.
11. combinations according to claim 8, also be included in the second restricted part on the described second surface of described print cartridge, described second restricted part comprises the bonding part engaged with the various piece of described ink-jet printing apparatus, wherein, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by described leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of described second restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge is greater than the distance between the bonding part of described first restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge.
12. combinations according to claim 8, wherein, described bar has two ends and the pivotal point in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from described first restricted part is to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, when along orientation measurement distance with the plane orthogonal limited by described leading edge, the distance between the bonding part of described first restricted part and the plane limited by described leading edge is less than the distance between the pivotal point of described bar and the plane limited by described leading edge.
13. combinations according to claim 8, wherein, described bar has two ends and the pivotal point in the middle of two ends, and when the bonding part from described first restricted part to the right and described in that unilateral observation prone of described ink feed structure during print cartridge, the bonding part of described first restricted part is in the left side of the pivotal point of described bar.
14. combinations according to claim 8, wherein, when when the first surface of box body described in the prone state observation of described ink feed structure, the bonding part of described first restricted part at least partially generally within the width midway place of described print cartridge.
CN201310331964.XA 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-003698 2012-01-12
JP2012003694 2012-01-12
JP2012003653 2012-01-12
JP2012-003652 2012-01-12
JP2012-003694 2012-01-12
JP2012-003653 2012-01-12
JP2012003652 2012-01-12
JP2012003698 2012-01-12
JPPCT/JP2012/001395 2012-03-01
PCT/JP2012/001395 WO2013105142A1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-01 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,461 2012-03-02
US13/410,528 US8439482B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,478 US8297739B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,478 2012-03-02
US13/410,461 US8297738B1 (en) 2012-01-12 2012-03-02 Cartridge and printing material supply system
US13/410,528 2012-03-02
JP2012189836A JP2013163364A (en) 2012-01-12 2012-08-30 Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP2012-189836 2012-08-30

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201280003040.0A Division CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN103481666A CN103481666A (en) 2014-01-01
CN103481666B true CN103481666B (en) 2015-06-17

Family

ID=49370141

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201310331964.XA Expired - Fee Related CN103481666B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510102395.0A Expired - Fee Related CN104723691B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Cartridge and printing material supply system

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201610630627.4A Active CN106240160B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system
CN201280003040.0A Expired - Fee Related CN103370203B (en) 2012-01-12 2012-12-26 Box and printing material supply system

Country Status (22)

Country Link
EP (3) EP2802459B1 (en)
KR (2) KR101560068B1 (en)
CN (4) CN104723691B (en)
AR (1) AR089713A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2012367439B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013006690A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2806705C (en)
CL (1) CL2014000624A1 (en)
DE (1) DE202013000268U1 (en)
ES (3) ES2741317T3 (en)
GB (1) GB2499105B (en)
HK (2) HK1187307A1 (en)
IL (1) IL231002A0 (en)
IT (1) ITTO20130019A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2013003348A (en)
PE (1) PE20141866A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2614960T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2604791C2 (en)
SG (3) SG2014008221A (en)
TW (2) TWI637859B (en)
WO (1) WO2013105195A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201401028B (en)

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ITTO20130195A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2013-06-11 Fameccanica Data Spa METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS APPLICATION BY QUANTITY OF CONTROLLED GRANULES OF ABSORBENT MATERIAL
JP6232932B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2017-11-22 ブラザー工業株式会社 Roll mechanism with shaft, tape cartridge
JP6202052B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2017-09-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid supply unit
JP6528564B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2019-06-12 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid supply unit
EP3064359A1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-07 Pelikan Hardcopy Production AG Printing material container or adapter for a printing material container
JP2016187877A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-11-04 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Cartridge and liquid jetting system
CN205044309U (en) * 2015-08-24 2016-02-24 珠海纳思达企业管理有限公司 Ink horn that fastening is decided ink horn and is connected with ink horn portion of keeping
CN106739531B (en) * 2017-01-11 2019-03-12 珠海欣威科技有限公司 The print cartridge positioned by lever
DE102017102529B4 (en) 2017-02-09 2020-07-16 Canon Production Printing Holding B.V. Inkjet printer
CN109591458B (en) * 2018-11-28 2020-07-24 郑州新世纪数码科技股份有限公司 Ink tube flat cable fixing device
JP7275604B2 (en) * 2019-01-31 2023-05-18 株式会社リコー Mobile object, equipment for ejecting liquid
CN110027324A (en) * 2019-05-06 2019-07-19 珠海艾派克微电子有限公司 Nozzle print cartridge, inkjet component and circuit substrate
CN110515286A (en) * 2019-08-27 2019-11-29 珠海天威飞马打印耗材有限公司 Developer replenishing container

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4907018A (en) * 1988-11-21 1990-03-06 Hewlett-Packard Company Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
US6276780B1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2001-08-21 Xerox Corporation Fail-safe ink tank latching system
CN1840346A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-04 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid container and method for manufacturing same
CN1927591A (en) * 2002-11-26 2007-03-14 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge

Family Cites Families (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1304983C (en) * 1987-10-23 1992-07-14 David W. Pinkernell Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
JP3582592B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2004-10-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet recording device
US5646665A (en) * 1993-04-30 1997-07-08 Hewlett-Packard Company Side biased datum scheme for inkjet cartridge and carriage
AU688545B2 (en) * 1994-08-24 1998-03-12 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink container for ink jet printer, holder for the container carriage for the holder and ink jet printer
US6074042A (en) 1997-06-04 2000-06-13 Hewlett-Packard Company Ink container having a guide feature for insuring reliable fluid, air and electrical connections to a printing system
ES2251929T3 (en) 1998-05-18 2006-05-16 Seiko Epson Corporation INK CARTRIDGE FOR PRINTER WITH INK JET.
KR100375690B1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2003-03-17 주식회사 잉크테크 Appliance for fixing ink cartridge
TW541247B (en) * 2000-01-31 2003-07-11 Hewlett Packard Co Latch and handle arrangement for a replaceable ink container
CN100415526C (en) * 2000-10-11 2008-09-03 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet printer
CN1899833A (en) * 2000-10-11 2007-01-24 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge and inkjet printer
US6644780B2 (en) * 2001-03-24 2003-11-11 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Carriage with clamping device for reliable mounting of printheads
JP3783585B2 (en) 2001-07-13 2006-06-07 ブラザー工業株式会社 Ink cartridge and ink jet recording apparatus
JP2003053999A (en) 2001-08-22 2003-02-26 Brother Ind Ltd Imaging apparatus
CA2379725C (en) 2001-04-03 2007-06-12 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink cartridge
JP2004122487A (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-22 Canon Inc Liquid tank and tank holder, head cartridge, recorder, method for mounting/demounting tank
GB2402368B (en) 2002-11-26 2005-06-08 Seiko Epson Corp Ink cartridge and recording apparatus
CN2589199Y (en) * 2002-12-27 2003-12-03 嘉兴天马打印机耗材有限公司 Cartridge filling supporting structure
US7384124B2 (en) 2003-01-17 2008-06-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Carriage for ink cartridge of image forming apparatus
JP2005131927A (en) 2003-10-30 2005-05-26 Seiko Epson Corp Liquid jetting apparatus and its liquid container
JP4058436B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2008-03-12 キヤノン株式会社 Ink storage container
JP4058434B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2008-03-12 キヤノン株式会社 Ink storage container, method for manufacturing the same, and printer system
MXPA04012681A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-01 Canon Kk Liquid container and liquid supplying system.
US7384116B2 (en) * 2004-10-20 2008-06-10 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid container and ink jet printing apparatus
JP4144637B2 (en) * 2005-12-26 2008-09-03 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material container, substrate, printing apparatus, and method for preparing printing material container
DE102006036716B3 (en) * 2006-06-02 2007-09-27 Artech Gmbh Design + Production In Plastic Printer e.g. inkjet printer, retrofitting device, has cartridge retaining device to retain replaceable original ink cartridges, and locking pin to lock fastener in fastening position when insert-ink cartridge is attached in retaining device
JP5288743B2 (en) * 2006-08-23 2013-09-11 キヤノン株式会社 Ink tank and ink jet recording apparatus
DE102008009460A1 (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-20 Pelikan Hardcopy Production Ag Ink cartridge with printed circuit board element
US8091993B2 (en) * 2008-05-22 2012-01-10 Videojet Technologies Inc. Ink containment system and ink level sensing system for an inkjet cartridge
JP2012001395A (en) 2010-06-17 2012-01-05 Shimizu Corp High-strength concrete
JP5442541B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-03-12 日本電信電話株式会社 WEB information acquisition method and apparatus
JP5585235B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-09-10 富士通株式会社 Storage control device, storage control method, storage system
JP5573402B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-08-20 株式会社リコー CONFERENCE SUPPORT DEVICE, CONFERENCE SUPPORT METHOD, CONFERENCE SUPPORT PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM
JP5465105B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2014-04-09 三菱電機株式会社 Computer system, computer program, and pipeline processing method
JP5720148B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2015-05-20 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Printing material cartridge and printing material supply system
JP5569475B2 (en) * 2010-09-03 2014-08-13 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Liquid container and liquid ejecting apparatus
JP2012189836A (en) 2011-03-11 2012-10-04 Canon Inc Projection device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4907018A (en) * 1988-11-21 1990-03-06 Hewlett-Packard Company Printhead-carriage alignment and electrical interconnect lock-in mechanism
US6276780B1 (en) * 2000-06-19 2001-08-21 Xerox Corporation Fail-safe ink tank latching system
CN1927591A (en) * 2002-11-26 2007-03-14 精工爱普生株式会社 Ink cartridge
CN1840346A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-04 精工爱普生株式会社 Liquid container and method for manufacturing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AR089713A1 (en) 2014-09-10
SG10201505419YA (en) 2015-08-28
CA2806705A1 (en) 2013-07-12
SG10201710233UA (en) 2018-01-30
DE202013000268U1 (en) 2013-04-24
RU2604791C2 (en) 2016-12-10
ITTO20130019A1 (en) 2013-07-13
AU2013202147A1 (en) 2013-08-01
ES2531151T3 (en) 2015-03-11
EP2802459A1 (en) 2014-11-19
EP2802459B1 (en) 2019-07-17
HK1187307A1 (en) 2014-04-04
GB201300618D0 (en) 2013-02-27
ES2741317T3 (en) 2020-02-10
AU2012367439B2 (en) 2015-02-05
CN106240160A (en) 2016-12-21
CN103370203A (en) 2013-10-23
CL2014000624A1 (en) 2014-12-05
RU2013112679A (en) 2016-03-10
GB2499105B (en) 2014-09-17
GB2499105A (en) 2013-08-07
PE20141866A1 (en) 2014-12-24
CA2806705C (en) 2016-02-23
KR20140102176A (en) 2014-08-21
TW201345737A (en) 2013-11-16
KR101913890B1 (en) 2018-10-31
MX2013003348A (en) 2013-08-26
CN104723691A (en) 2015-06-24
EP2653316B1 (en) 2015-05-06
CN103481666A (en) 2014-01-01
WO2013105195A1 (en) 2013-07-18
NZ620415A (en) 2016-03-31
TWI566954B (en) 2017-01-21
HK1187863A1 (en) 2014-04-17
AU2013202147B8 (en) 2016-12-15
ZA201401028B (en) 2016-01-27
BR112013006690A2 (en) 2016-06-07
TWI637859B (en) 2018-10-11
IL231002A0 (en) 2014-03-31
SG2014008221A (en) 2014-03-28
CN104723691B (en) 2017-05-03
KR20130114099A (en) 2013-10-16
PL2614960T3 (en) 2015-04-30
ES2543792T3 (en) 2015-08-21
AU2012367439A1 (en) 2013-08-22
KR101560068B1 (en) 2015-10-13
EP2653316A1 (en) 2013-10-23
EP2614960A1 (en) 2013-07-17
CN103370203B (en) 2016-08-31
TW201720667A (en) 2017-06-16
AU2013202147B2 (en) 2016-11-17
EP2614960B1 (en) 2014-12-03
CN106240160B (en) 2018-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN103481666B (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US9039154B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP6443480B2 (en) cartridge
US8297739B1 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US8974044B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
US9039153B2 (en) Printing apparatus and printing material supply system
CA2915590C (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
JP5532155B2 (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system
NZ731781A (en) Cartridge and printing material supply system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20150617

Termination date: 20211226